05 Titan

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 344

AT-1

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
C TRANSMISSION/TRANSAXLE
CONTENTS
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
SECTION AT
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
INDEX FOR DTC ................................................... ..... 5
Alphabetical Index .................................................... 5
DTC No. Index .................................................... ..... 6
PRECAUTIONS .......................................................... 7
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) AIR BAG and SEAT BELT PRE-TEN-
SIONER ............................................................. ..... 7
Precautions for On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System
of A/T and Engine ............................................... ..... 7
Precautions ......................................................... ..... 8
Service Notice or Precautions .................................. 9
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis .................. 9
PREPARATION ......................................................... 10
Special Service Tools ............................................. 10
Commercial Service Tools ...................................... 12
A/T FLUID .............................................................. ... 13
Changing A/T Fluid ............................................. ... 13
Checking A/T Fluid .............................................. ... 13
A/T Fluid Cooler Cleaning ................................... ... 13
A/T CONTROL SYSTEM ....................................... ... 16
Cross-Sectional View (2WD models) .................. ... 16
Cross-Sectional View (4WD models) .................. ... 17
Shift Mechanism .................................................. ... 18
TCM Function ......................................................... 31
CAN Communication .............................................. 33
Input/Output Signal of TCM .................................... 33
Line Pressure Control ............................................ 34
Shift Control ........................................................... 35
Lock-Up Control .................................................. ... 36
Engine Brake Control ............................................. 38
Control Valve .......................................................... 38
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM ......... ... 40
Introduction ......................................................... ... 40
OBD-II Function for A/T System .......................... ... 40
One or Two Trip Detection Logic of OBD-II ............ 40
OBD-II Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ................. 40
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ........................ ... 43
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS ............................................ 44
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ................................ 44
Fail-Safe ................................................................. 44
How To Perform Trouble Diagnosis For Quick and
Accurate Repair ................................................... ... 46
A/T Electrical Parts Location .................................. 51
Circuit Diagram ....................................................... 52
Inspections Before Trouble Diagnosis ................. ... 53
Check Before Engine is Started .............................. 57
Check at Idle ........................................................... 57
Cruise Test - Part 1 ................................................. 58
Cruise Test - Part 2 ................................................. 60
Cruise Test - Part 3 ................................................. 61
Vehicle Speed When Shifting Gears ...................... 63
Vehicle Speed When Performing and Releasing
Complete Lock-up ............................................... ... 63
Vehicle Speed When Performing and Releasing
Slip Lock-up ......................................................... ... 63
Symptom Chart ....................................................... 64
TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values ........... 85
CONSULT-II FUNCTION (A/T) ............................ ... 86
DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE .............. 98
Description .............................................................. 98
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... ... 98
Possible Cause ....................................................... 98
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................. 98
Wiring Diagram AT CAN ............................. ... 99
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 100
DTC P0615 START SIGNAL CIRCUIT ................... 101
Description ............................................................ 101
CONSULT-II Reference Value ............................. . 101
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... . 101
Possible Cause ..................................................... 101
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 101
Wiring Diagram AT STSIG ......................... . 102
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 103
DTC P0700 TCM ..................................................... 105
Description ............................................................ 105
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... . 105
Possible Cause ..................................................... 105
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 105
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 105
DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH . 106
AT-2 Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
Description ............................................................ 106
CONSULT-II Reference Value ............................. . 106
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 106
Possible Cause ..................................................... 106
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 106
Wiring Diagram AT PNP/SW ...................... . 107
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 108
DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REV-
OLUTION SENSOR) .............................................. . 110
Description ............................................................ 110
CONSULT-II Reference Value ............................. . 110
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 110
Possible Cause ..................................................... 110
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 110
Wiring Diagram AT VSSA/T ......................... 112
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 113
DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL .................. . 115
Description ............................................................ 115
CONSULT-II Reference Value ............................. . 115
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 115
Possible Cause ..................................................... 115
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 115
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 115
DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH
SOLENOID VALVE ................................................. 117
Description ............................................................ 117
CONSULT-II Reference Value ............................. . 117
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 117
Possible Cause ..................................................... 117
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 117
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 118
DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK-UP) . 119
Description ............................................................ 119
CONSULT-II Reference Value ............................. . 119
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 119
Possible Cause ..................................................... 119
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 119
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 120
DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE . 121
Description ............................................................ 121
CONSULT-II Reference Value ............................. . 121
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 121
Possible Cause ..................................................... 121
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 121
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 122
DTC P1702 TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE
(RAM) ..................................................................... . 123
Description ............................................................ 123
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 123
Possible Cause ..................................................... 123
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 123
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 123
DTC P1703 TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE
(ROM) ...................................................................... 124
Description ............................................................ 124
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 124
Possible Cause ..................................................... 124
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 124
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 124
DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR ........125
Description ............................................................125
CONSULT-II Reference Value ...............................125
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... .125
Possible Cause .................................................... .125
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................125
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................126
DTC P1710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR
CIRCUIT ................................................................. .128
Description ............................................................128
CONSULT-II Reference Value ...............................128
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... .128
Possible Cause .................................................... .128
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................128
Wiring Diagram AT FTS .............................. .129
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................130
Component Inspection ......................................... .132
DTC P1716 TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR ....133
Description ............................................................133
CONSULT-II Reference Value ...............................133
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... .133
Possible Cause .................................................... .133
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................133
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................134
DTC P1721 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR .......135
Description ............................................................135
CONSULT-II Reference Value ...............................135
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... .135
Possible Cause .................................................... .135
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................135
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................136
DTC P1730 A/T INTERLOCK ................................ .137
Description ............................................................137
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... .137
Possible Cause .................................................... .137
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................137
Judgement of A/T Interlock .................................. .137
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................138
DTC P1731 A/T 1ST ENGINE BRAKING .............. .140
Description ............................................................140
CONSULT-II Reference Value ...............................140
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... .140
Possible Cause .................................................... .140
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................140
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................141
DTC P1752 INPUT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE ..142
Description ............................................................142
CONSULT-II Reference Value ...............................142
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... .142
Possible Cause .................................................... .142
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................142
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................143
DTC P1754 INPUT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
FUNCTION ............................................................. .144
Description ............................................................144
CONSULT-II Reference Value ...............................144
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... .144
Possible Cause .................................................... .144
AT-3
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 144
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 145
DTC P1757 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE .. 146
Description ........................................................... 146
CONSULT-II Reference Value ............................. . 146
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 146
Possible Cause .................................................... 146
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 146
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 147
DTC P1759 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE
FUNCTION .............................................................. 148
Description ........................................................... 148
CONSULT-II Reference Value ............................. . 148
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 148
Possible Cause .................................................... 148
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 148
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 149
DTC P1762 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE . 150
Description ........................................................... 150
CONSULT-II Reference Value ............................. . 150
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 150
Possible Cause .................................................... 150
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 150
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 151
DTC P1764 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
FUNCTION .............................................................. 152
Description ........................................................... 152
CONSULT-II Reference Value ............................. . 152
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 152
Possible Cause .................................................... 152
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 152
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 153
DTC P1767 HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH
SOLENOID VALVE ................................................ . 154
Description ........................................................... 154
CONSULT-II Reference Value ............................. . 154
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 154
Possible Cause .................................................... 154
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 154
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 155
DTC P1769 HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH
SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION ............................. 156
Description ........................................................... 156
CONSULT-II Reference Value ............................. . 156
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 156
Possible Cause .................................................... 156
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 156
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 157
DTC P1772 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID
VALVE ..................................................................... 158
Description ........................................................... 158
CONSULT-II Reference Value ............................. . 158
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 158
Possible Cause .................................................... 158
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 158
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 159
DTC P1774 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID
VALVE FUNCTION ................................................. 160
Description ........................................................... 160
CONSULT-II Reference Value ............................. . 160
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... . 160
Possible Cause ..................................................... 160
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 160
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 161
DTC P1815 MANUAL MODE SWITCH .................. 162
Description ............................................................ 162
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
. 162
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... . 162
Possible Cause ..................................................... 162
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 162
Wiring Diagram AT MMSW ........................ . 163
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 164
Component Inspection ......................................... . 165
Position Indicator Lamp ........................................ 165
DTC P1841 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 1 .............. . 166
Description ............................................................ 166
CONSULT-II Reference Value ............................. . 166
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... . 166
Possible Cause ..................................................... 166
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 166
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 167
DTC P1843 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 3 .............. . 168
Description ............................................................ 168
CONSULT-II Reference Value ............................. . 168
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... . 168
Possible Cause ..................................................... 168
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 168
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 169
DTC P1845 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 5 .............. . 170
Description ............................................................ 170
CONSULT-II Reference Value ............................. . 170
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... . 170
Possible Cause ..................................................... 170
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 170
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 171
DTC P1846 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 6 .............. . 172
Description ............................................................ 172
CONSULT-II Reference Value ............................. . 172
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... . 172
Possible Cause ..................................................... 172
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 172
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 173
MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT . 174
Wiring Diagram AT MAIN ........................... . 174
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 175
TOW MODE SWITCH ............................................ . 178
Description ............................................................ 178
Wiring Diagram AT TMSW ......................... . 179
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 180
CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION AND WIDE OPEN
THROTTLE POSITION CIRCUIT ............................ 181
CONSULT-II Reference Value ............................. . 181
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 181
BRAKE SIGNAL CIRCUIT ..................................... . 182
CONSULT-II Reference Value ............................. . 182
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 182
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS ............ 183
AT-4 Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
Wiring Diagram AT NONDTC ..................... . 183
AT CHECK Indicator Lamp does not come on .... . 186
Engine Cannot Be Started In P or N Position . . 186
In P Position, Vehicle Moves When Pushed ..... . 187
In N Position, Vehicle Moves ............................. . 188
Large Shock (N to D Position) ......................... 189
Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In R Position . 192
Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In D Position . 195
Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1 ..................... 197
A/T Does Not Shift: D1 D2 ............................... . 200
A/T Does Not Shift: D2 D3 ............................... . 202
A/T Does Not Shift: D3 D4 ............................... . 204
A/T Does Not Shift: D4 D5 ............................... . 207
A/T Does Not Perform Lock-up ........................... . 209
A/T Does Not Hold Lock-up Condition ................. . 211
Lock-up Is Not Released ...................................... 213
Engine Speed Does Not Return To Idle ................ 214
Cannot Be Changed to Manual Mode (Column Shift)
. 215
A/T Does Not Shift: 5th gear 4th gear (Floor Shift
Models) ................................................................. 215
A/T Does Not Shift: 5th gear 4th gear (Column
Shift Models) ......................................................... 218
A/T Does Not Shift: 4th gear 3rd gear (Floor Shift
Models) ................................................................. 220
A/T Does Not Shift: 4th gear 3rd gear (Column
Shift Models) ......................................................... 222
A/T Does Not Shift: 3rd gear 2nd gear (Floor Shift
Models) ................................................................. 224
A/T Does Not Shift: 3rd gear 2nd gear (Column
Shift Models) ......................................................... 226
A/T Does Not Shift: 2nd gear 1st gear (Floor Shift
Models) ................................................................. 228
A/T Does Not Shift: 2nd gear 1st gear (Column
Shift Models) ......................................................... 231
Vehicle Does Not Decelerate By Engine Brake ... . 233
SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM ................................... . 236
Control Device Removal and Installation .............. 236
Adjustment of A/T Position .................................. . 238
Checking of A/T Position ..................................... . 238
A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM .................................... . 239
Description ............................................................ 239
Shift Lock System Electrical Parts Location ......... 240
Wiring Diagram A/T SHIFT ......................... . 241
Shift Lock Control Unit Reference Values ............ . 243
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE ............................... 244
Component Inspection .......................................... 246
KEY INTERLOCK CABLE ..................................... .248
Components ..........................................................248
Removal ............................................................... .248
Installation ............................................................ .249
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE ......................................... .250
Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature
Sensor 2 ............................................................... .250
Rear Oil Seal ........................................................ .262
AIR BREATHER HOSE .......................................... .263
Removal and Installation .......................................263
TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY ................................ .265
Removal and Installation (4x2) ............................ .265
Removal and Installation (4x4) ............................ .268
OVERHAUL .............................................................271
Components ..........................................................271
Oil Channel ...........................................................279
Locations of Adjusting Shims, Needle Bearings,
Thrust Washers and Snap Rings ......................... .281
DISASSEMBLY ...................................................... .283
Disassembly ......................................................... .283
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS ..................... .300
Oil Pump ...............................................................300
Front Sun Gear, 3rd One-Way Clutch .................. .302
Front Carrier, Input Clutch, Rear Internal Gear .... .305
Mid Sun Gear, Rear Sun Gear, High and Low
Reverse Clutch Hub ..............................................310
High and Low Reverse Clutch ............................. .315
Direct Clutch .........................................................317
ASSEMBLY ............................................................ .319
Assembly (1) ........................................................ .319
Adjustment ............................................................332
Assembly (2) ........................................................ .334
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ....341
General Specifications ......................................... .341
Vehicle Speed When Shifting Gears .....................341
Vehicle Speed When Performing and Releasing
Complete Lock-up ................................................ .342
Vehicle Speed When Performing and Releasing
Slip Lock-up ......................................................... .342
Stall Speed ............................................................342
Line Pressure ........................................................342
A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor ............................. .342
Turbine Revolution Sensor ................................... .342
Vehicle Speed Sensor A/T (Revolution Sensor) .. .342
Reverse brake ...................................................... .343
Total End Play ...................................................... .343
INDEX FOR DTC
AT-5
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
INDEX FOR DTC PFP:00024
Alphabetical Index ECS00AVO
NOTE:
If DTC U1000 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
AT-98 .
*1: These numbers are prescribed by SAE J2012.
*2: These malfunctions cannot be displayed MIL if another malfunction is assigned to MIL.
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
DTC
Reference page OBD-II Except OBD-II
CONSULT-II GST (*1) CONSULT-II only A/T
A/T 1ST E/BRAKING P1731 AT-140
ATF PRES SW 1/CIRC P1841 AT-166
ATF PRES SW 3/CIRC P1843 AT-168
ATF PRES SW 5/CIRC P1845 AT-170
ATF PRES SW 6/CIRC P1846 AT-172
A/T INTERLOCK P1730 P1730 AT-137
A/T TCC S/V FNCTN P0744 P0744 AT-119
ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC P0710 P1710 AT-128
CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1000 U1000 AT-98
D/C SOLENOID/CIRC P1762 P1762 AT-150
D/C SOLENOID FNCTN P1764 (*2 ) P1764 AT-152
ENGINE SPEED SIG P0725 AT-115
FR/B SOLENOID/CIRC P1757 P1757 AT-146
FR/B SOLENOID FNCT P1759 P1759 AT-148
HLR/C SOL/CIRC P1767 P1767 AT-154
HLR/C SOL FNCTN P1769 (*2 ) P1769 AT-156
I/C SOLENOID/CIRC P1752 P1752 AT-142
I/C SOLENOID FNCTN P1754 (*2 ) P1754 AT-144
L/PRESS SOL/CIRC P0745 P0745 AT-121
LC/B SOLENOID/CIRC P1772 P1772 AT-158
LC/B SOLENOID FNCT P1774 P1774 AT-160
MANU MODE SW/CIR P1815 AT-162
PNP SW/CIRC P0705 P0705 AT-106
STARTER RELAY/CIRC P0615 AT-101
TCC SOLENOID/CIRC P0740 P0740 AT-117
TCM P0700 P0700 AT-105
TCMRAM P1702 AT-123
TCMROM P1703 AT-124
TP SEN/CIRC A/T P1705 AT-125
TURBINE REV S/CIRC P1716 P1716 AT-133
VEH SPD SE/CIRMTR P1721 AT-135
VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT P0720 P0720 AT-110
AT-6
INDEX FOR DTC
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
DTC No. Index ECS00AVP
NOTE:
If DTC U1000 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
AT-98 .
*1: These numbers are prescribed by SAE J2012.
*2: These malfunctions cannot be displayed MIL if another malfunction is assigned to MIL.
DTC
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
Reference page
OBD-II Except OBD-II
CONSULT-II
GST (*1)
CONSULT-II
only A/T
P0615 STARTER RELAY/CIRC AT-101
P0700 P0700 TCM AT-105
P0705 P0705 PNP SW/CIRC AT-106
P0710 P1710 ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC AT-128
P0720 P0720 VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT AT-110
P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIG AT-115
P0740 P0740 TCC SOLENOID/CIRC AT-117
P0744 P0744 A/T TCC S/V FNCTN AT-119
P0745 P0745 L/PRESS SOL/CIRC AT-121
P1702 TCMRAM AT-123
P1703 TCMROM AT-124
P1705 TP SEN/CIRC A/T AT-125
P1716 P1716 TURBINE REV S/CIRC AT-133
P1721 VEH SPD SE/CIRMTR AT-135
P1730 P1730 A/T INTERLOCK AT-137
P1731 A/T 1ST E/BRAKING AT-140
P1752 P1752 I/C SOLENOID/CIRC AT-142
P1754 (*2 ) P1754 I/C SOLENOID FNCTN AT-144
P1757 P1757 FR/B SOLENOID/CIRC AT-146
P1759 (*2 ) P1759 FR/B SOLENOID FNCT AT-148
P1762 P1762 D/C SOLENOID/CIRC AT-150
P1764 (*2 ) P1764 D/C SOLENOID FNCTN AT-152
P1767 P1767 HLR/C SOL/CIRC AT-154
P1769 P1769 HLR/C SOL FNCTN AT-156
P1772 P1772 LC/B SOLENOID/CIRC AT-158
P1774 P1774 LC/B SOLENOID FNCT AT-160
P1815 MANU MODE SW/CIR AT-162
P1841 ATF PRES SW 1/CIRC AT-166
P1843 ATF PRES SW 3/CIRC AT-168
P1845 ATF PRES SW 5/CIRC AT-170
P1846 ATF PRES SW 6/CIRC AT-172
U1000 U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT AT-98
PRECAUTIONS
AT-7
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
PRECAUTIONS PFP:00001
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) AIR BAG and SEAT
BELT PRE-TENSIONER ECS00CLV
The Supplemental Restraint System such as AIR BAG and SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Man-
ual.
WARNING:
G To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death
in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be per-
formed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
G Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to per-
sonal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air
Bag Module, see the SRS section.
G Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or
harness connectors.
Precautions for On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of A/T and Engine ECS00AVR
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn the
driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION:
G Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the negative battery cable before any
repair or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves,
etc. Will cause the MIL to light up.
G Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MIL to light up due to an open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)
G Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. Interference of the harness with a
bracket, etc. May cause the MIL to light up due to a short circuit.
G Be sure to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube
may cause the MIL to light up due to a malfunction of the EGR system or fuel injection system, etc.
G Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the TCM and
ECM before returning the vehicle to the customer.
AT-8
PRECAUTIONS
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
Precautions ECS00AVS
NOTE:
If any malfunctions occur in the RE5R05A model transmission, replace the entire transmission assem-
bly.
G Before connecting or disconnecting the TCM harness con-
nector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect negative
battery cable. Because battery voltage is applied to TCM
even if ignition switch is turned OFF.
G After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform
DTC (Diagnostic Trouble Code) CONFIRMATION PROCE-
DURE.
If the repair is completed the DTC should not be displayed in
the DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE.
G Always use the specified brand of ATF. Refer to MA-11, "RECOMMENDED FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS"
.
G Use paper rags not cloth rags during work.
G After replacing the ATF, dispose of the waste oil using the methods prescribed by law, ordinance, etc.
G Before proceeding with disassembly, thoroughly clean the outside of the transmission. It is important to
prevent the internal parts from becoming contaminated by dirt or other foreign matter.
G Disassembly should be done in a clean work area.
G Use lint-free cloth or towels for wiping parts clean. Common shop rags can leave fibers that could interfere
with the operation of the transmission.
G Place disassembled parts in order for easier and proper assembly.
G All parts should be carefully cleaned with a general purpose, non-flammable solvent before inspection or
reassembly.
G Gaskets, seals and O-rings should be replaced any time the transmission is disassembled.
G It is very important to perform functional tests whenever they are indicated.
G The valve body contains precision parts and requires extreme care when parts are removed and serviced.
Place disassembled valve body parts in order for easier and proper assembly. Care will also prevent
springs and small parts from becoming scattered or lost.
G Properly installed valves, sleeves, plugs, etc. will slide along bores in valve body under their own weight.
G Before assembly, apply a coat of recommended ATF to all parts. Apply petroleum jelly to protect O-rings
and seals, or hold bearings and washers in place during assembly. Do not use grease.
G Extreme care should be taken to avoid damage to O-rings, seals and gaskets when assembling.
G Clean or replace ATF cooler if excessive foreign material is found in oil pan or clogging strainer. Refer to
AT-13, "A/T Fluid Cooler Cleaning" .
G After overhaul, refill the transmission with new ATF.
G When the A/T drain plug is removed, only some of the fluid is drained. Old A/T fluid will remain in torque
converter and ATF cooling system.
SEF289H
SEF217U
PRECAUTIONS
AT-9
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
Always follow the procedures under Changing A/T Fluid in the AT section when changing A/T fluid. Refer
to MA-24, "Changing A/T Fluid" , MA-22, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
Service Notice or Precautions ECS00AVT
ATF COOLER SERVICE
G If A/T fluid contains fictional material (clutches, bands, etc.), or if an A/T is repaired, overhauled, or
replaced, inspect and clean the A/T fluid cooler mounted in the radiator or replace the radiator. Flush
cooler lines with cleaning solvent and compressed air after repair. For A/T fluid cooler cleaning procedure,
refer to AT-13, "A/T Fluid Cooler Cleaning" . For radiator replacement, refer to CO-12, "REMOVAL" .
CHECKING AND CHANGING A/T FLUID
G Increase ATF oil temperature to 80C (176F) first, then check and adjust oil level at 65C (149F).
NOTE:
The A/T has both water cooling and air cooling systems. The air cooling system has a bypass valve.
When ATF oil temperature is at or below 50C (122F), it does not flow through the air cooled system. If A/
T oil level is adjusted without flow throughout the entire system, the level will be 10mm lower than
required. Therefore, all piping should be filled with oil when adjusting level.
OBD-II SELF-DIAGNOSIS
G A/T self-diagnosis is performed by the TCM in combination with the ECM. Refer to the table on AT-88,
"SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" for the indicator used to display each self-diagnostic result.
G The self-diagnostic results indicated by the MIL are automatically stored in both the ECM and TCM mem-
ories.
Always perform the procedure on AT-41, "HOW TO ERASE DTC" to complete the repair and avoid
unnecessary blinking of the MIL.
For details of OBD-II, refer to AT-40, "ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM" .
G Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use the new style slide-
locking type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-69, "HAR-
NESS CONNECTOR" .
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis ECS00AVU
When you read wiring diagrams, refer to the following:
G GI-15, "How to Read Wiring Diagrams".
G PG-4, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT" for power distribution circuit.
When you perform trouble diagnosis, refer to the following:
G GI-11, "How to Follow Trouble Diagnoses".
G GI-27, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident".
AT-10
PREPARATION
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
PREPARATION PFP:00002
Special Service Tools ECS00AVV
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
ST2505S001
(J-34301-C)
Oil pressure gauge set
1 ST25051001
( )
Oil pressure gauge
2 ST25052000
( )
Hose
3 ST25053000
( )
Joint pipe
4 ST25054000
( )
Adapter
5 ST25055000
( )
Adapter
Measuring line pressure
KV31103600
(J-45674)
Joint pipe adapter
(With ST25054000)
Measuring line pressure
ST33400001
(J-26082)
Drift
a: 60 mm (2.36 in) dia
b: 47 mm (1.85 in) dia
G Installing rear oil seal (2WD models)
G Installing oil pump housing oil seal
KV31102400
(J-34285 and J-34285-87)
Clutch spring compressor
a: 320 mm (12.60 in)
b: 174 mm (6.85 in)
Installing reverse brake return spring retainer
ST25850000
(J-25721-A)
Sliding hammer
a: 179 mm (7.05 in)
b: 70 mm (2.76 in)
c: 40 mm (1.57 in)
d: M12X1.75P
Remove oil pump assembly
ZZA0600D
ZZA1227D
NT086
NT423
NT422
PREPARATION
AT-11
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan

(J-47002)
Transmission jack adapter kit
1.
(J-47002-2)
Center bracket
2.
(J-47002-3)
Adapter plate
3.
(J-47002-4)
Adapter block
Assist in removal of transmission and transfer
case as one assembly using only one trans-
mission jack.

(J-47245)
Ring gear stopper
Removing and installing crankshaft pulley
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
WCIA0499E
LBIA0451E
AT-12
PREPARATION
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
Commercial Service Tools ECS00AVW
Tool name Description
Power tool Loosening bolts and nuts
Drift
a: 22 mm (0.87 in)
Installing manual shaft seal
Drift
a: 64 mm (2.52 in)
Installing rear oil seal (4WD models)
PBIC0190E
NT083
NT083
A/T FLUID
AT-13
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
A/T FLUID PFP:KLE40
Changing A/T Fluid ECS00CCU
Refer to MA-24, "Changing A/T Fluid" .
Checking A/T Fluid ECS00CCV
Refer to MA-22, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
A/T Fluid Cooler Cleaning ECS00AVZ
Whenever an automatic transmission is repaired, overhauled, or replaced, the A/T fluid cooler mounted in the
radiator must be inspected and cleaned.
Metal debris and friction material, if present, can become trapped in the A/T fluid cooler. This debris can con-
taminate the newly serviced A/T or, in severe cases, can block or restrict the flow of A/T fluid. In either case,
malfunction of the newly serviced A/T may result.
Debris, if present, may build up as A/T fluid enters the cooler inlet. It will be necessary to back flush the cooler
through the cooler outlet in order to flush out any built up debris.
A/T FLUID COOLER CLEANING PROCEDURE
1. Position an oil pan under the automatic transmission's inlet and outlet cooler hoses.
2. Identify the inlet and outlet fluid cooler hoses.
3. Disconnect the fluid cooler inlet and outlet rubber hoses from the
steel cooler tubes or bypass valve.
NOTE:
Replace the cooler hoses if rubber material from the hose
remains on the tube fitting.
4. Allow any A/T fluid that remains in the cooler hoses to drain into
the oil pan.
5. Insert the extension adapter hose of a can of Transmission
Cooler Cleaner (Nissan P/N 999MP-AM006) into the cooler out-
let hose.
CAUTION:
G Wear safety glasses and rubber gloves when spraying
the Transmission Cooler Cleaner.
G Spray cooler cleaner only with adequate ventilation.
G Avoid contact with eyes and skin.
G Do not breath vapors or spray mist.
6. Hold the hose and can as high as possible and spray Transmis-
sion Cooler Cleaner in a continuous stream into the cooler outlet
hose until fluid flows out of the cooler inlet hose for 5 seconds.
7. Insert the tip of an air gun into the end of the cooler outlet hose.
8. Wrap a shop rag around the air gun tip and of the cooler outlet
hose.
SCIA3830E
SCIA3831E
SCIA3832E
AT-14
A/T FLUID
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
9. Blow compressed air regulated to 5 - 9 kg/cm
2
(70 - 130 psi) through the cooler outlet hose for 10 sec-
onds to force out any remaining fluid.
10. Repeat steps 5 through 9 three additional times.
11. Position an oil pan under the banjo bolts that connect the fluid cooler steel lines to the transmission.
12. Remove the banjo bolts.
13. Flush each steel line from the cooler side back toward the transmission by spraying Transmission Cooler
Cleaner in a continuous stream for 5 seconds.
14. Blow compressed air regulated to 5 - 9 kg/cm
2
(70 - 130 psi) through each steel line from the cooler side
back toward the transmission for 10 seconds to force out any remaining fluid.
15. Ensure all debris is removed from the steel cooler lines.
16. Ensure all debris is removed from the banjo bolts and fittings.
17. Perform A/T fluid cooler inspection procedure. Refer to AT-15, "A/T FLUID COOLER INSPECTION PRO-
CEDURE" .
A/T FLUID COOLER DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
NOTE:
Insufficient cleaning of the cooler inlet hose exterior may lead to inaccurate debris identification.
1. Position an oil pan under the automatic transmission's inlet and outlet cooler hoses.
2. Clean the exterior and tip of the cooler inlet hose.
3. Insert the extension adapter hose of a can of Transmission
Cooler Cleaner (Nissan P/N 999MP-AM006) into the cooler out-
let hose.
CAUTION:
G Wear safety glasses and rubber gloves when spraying
the Transmission Cooler Cleaner.
G Spray cooler cleaner only with adequate ventilation.
G Avoid contact with eyes and skin.
G Do not breath vapors or spray mist.
4. Hold the hose and can as high as possible and spray Transmis-
sion Cooler Cleaner in a continuous stream into the cooler outlet
hose until fluid flows out of the cooler inlet hose for 5 seconds.
5. Tie a common white, basket-type coffee filter to the end of the
cooler inlet hose.
6. Insert the tip of an air gun into the end of the cooler outlet hose.
7. Wrap a shop rag around the air gun tip and end of cooler outlet
hose.
8. Blow compressed air regulated to 5 - 9 kg/cm
2
(70 - 130 psi)
through the cooler outlet hose to force any remaining A/T fluid
into the coffee filter.
9. Remove the coffee filter from the end of the cooler inlet hose.
10. Perform A/T fluid cooler inspection procedure. AT-15, "A/T
FLUID COOLER INSPECTION PROCEDURE" .
SCIA3831E
SCIA3833E
SCIA3834E
A/T FLUID
AT-15
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
A/T FLUID COOLER INSPECTION PROCEDURE
1. Inspect the coffee filter for debris.
a. If small metal debris less than 1mm (0.040 in) in size or metal
powder is found in the coffee filter, this is normal. If normal
debris is found, the A/T fluid cooler/radiator can be re-used and
the procedure is ended.
b. If one or more pieces of debris are found that are over 1mm
(0.040 in) in size and/or peeled clutch facing material is found in
the coffee filter, the fluid cooler is not serviceable. The A/T fluid
cooler/radiator must be replaced and the inspection procedure is
ended.Refer to CO-12, "RADIATOR" .
A/T FLUID COOLER FINAL INSPECTION
After performing all procedures, ensure that all remaining oil is cleaned from all components.
SCIA2967E
SCIA5257E
AT-16
A/T CONTROL SYSTEM
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
A/T CONTROL SYSTEM PFP:31036
Cross-Sectional View (2WD models) ECS00AW0
1. Front planetary gear 2. Mid planetary gear 3. Rear planetary gear
4. Direct clutch 5. High & low reverse clutch 6. Reverse brake
7. Drum support 8. Forward brake 9. Low coast brake
10. Input shaft 11. Torque converter 12. Oil pump
13. Front brake 14. 3rd one-way clutch 15. Input clutch
16. 1st one-way clutch 17. Control valve with TCM 18. Forward one-way clutch
19. Rear extension 20. Output shaft
SCIA5267E
A/T CONTROL SYSTEM
AT-17
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
Cross-Sectional View (4WD models) ECS00AW1
1. Front planetary gear 2. Mid planetary gear 3. Rear planetary gear
4. Direct clutch 5. High & low reverse clutch 6. Reverse brake
7. Drum support 8. Forward brake 9. Low coast brake
10. Input shaft 11. Torque converter 12. Oil pump
13. Front brake 14. 3rd one-way clutch 15. Input clutch
16. 1st one-way clutch 17. Control valve with TCM 18. Forward one-way clutch
19. Adapter case 20. Output shaft
SCIA5268E
AT-18
A/T CONTROL SYSTEM
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
Shift Mechanism ECS00AW2
The automatic transmission uses compact dual planetary gear systems to improve power-transmission effi-
ciency, simplify construction and reduce weight.
It also employs an optimum shift control and super wide gear ratios. They improve starting performance and
acceleration during medium and high-speed operation.
CONSTRUCTION
FUNCTION OF CLUTCH AND BRAKE
1. Front brake 2. Input clutch 3. Direct clutch
4. High and low reverse clutch 5. Reverse brake 6. Forward brake
7. Low coast brake 8. 1st one-way clutch 9. Forward one-way clutch
10. 3rd one-way clutch 11. Front sun gear 12. Input shaft

13.
Mid internal gear 14. Front internal gear 15. Rear carrier
16. Rear sun gear 17. Mid sun gear 18. Front carrier
19. Mid carrier 20. Rear internal gear 21. Output shaft
22. Parking gear 23. Parking pawl
PCIA0002J
Name of the Part Abbreviation Function
Front brake (1) FR/B Fastens the front sun gear (11).
Input clutch (2) I/C
Connects the input shaft (12), the front internal gear (14) and the mid internal
gear (13).
Direct clutch (3) D/C Connects the rear carrier (15) and the rear sun gear (16).
High and low reverse clutch (4) HLR/C Connects the mid sun gear (17) and the rear sun gear (16).
Reverse brake (5) R/B Fastens the rear carrier (15).
Forward brake (6) F/B Fastens the mid sun gear (17).
Low coast brake (7) LC/B Fastens the mid sun gear (17).
1st one-way clutch (8) 1st/O.C
Allows the rear sun gear (16) to turn freely forward relative to the mid sun gear
(17) but fastens it for reverse rotation.
Forward one-way clutch (9) F/O.C
Allows the mid sun gear (17) to turn freely in the forward direction but fastens it
for reverse rotation.
3rd one-way clutch (10) 3rd/O.C
Allows the front sun gear (11) to turn freely in the forward direction but fastens
it for reverse rotation.
A/T CONTROL SYSTEM
AT-19
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
CLUTCH AND BAND CHART (FLOOR SHIFT MODELS)
G Operates
G Operates during progressive acceleration.
G Operates and effects power transmission while coasting.
G Line pressure is applied but does not affect power transmission.
G Operates under conditions shown in HLR/C Operating Condition
G Operates under conditions shown in LC/B Operating Condition. Delay control is applied during D (4,3,2,1) N shift.
Shift position I/C HLR/C D/C R/B FR/B LC/B Fwd/B
1st
OWC
Fwd
OWC
3rd
OWC
Remarks
P PARK POSITION
R
REVERSE
POSITION
N
NEUTRAL POSI-
TION
D
1st
Automatic shift
12345
2nd
3rd
4th
5th
4
1st
Automatic shift
1234
2nd
3rd
4th
3
1st
Automatic shift
1234
2nd
3rd
4th
2
1st
Automatic shift
1234
2nd
3rd
4th
1
1st
Locks (held sta-
tionary in 1st
gear)
1234
2nd
3rd
4th
AT-20
A/T CONTROL SYSTEM
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
SCIA5642E
A/T CONTROL SYSTEM
AT-21
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
CLUTCH AND BAND CHART (COLUMN SHIFT MODELS)
G Operates
G Operates during progressive acceleration.
G Operates and effects power transmission while coasting.
G Line pressure is applied but does not affect power transmission.
G Operates under conditions shown in HLR/C Operating Condition
G Operates under conditions shown in LC/B Operating Condition. Delay control is applied during D (4,3,2,1) N shift.
Shift position I/C HLR/C D/C R/B FR/B LC/B Fwd/B
1st
OWC
Fwd
OWC
3rd
OWC
Remarks
P PARK POSITION
R
REVERSE
POSITION
N
NEUTRAL POSI-
TION
D
1st
Automatic shift
12345
2nd
3rd
4th
5th
M5
1st
Automatic shift
12345
2nd
3rd
4th
5th
M4
1st
Automatic shift
1234
2nd
3rd
4th
M3
1st
Automatic shift
123
2nd
3rd
M2
1st
Automatic shift
12
2nd
M1
1st
Locks (held sta-
tionary in 1st
gear)
2nd
AT-22
A/T CONTROL SYSTEM
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
POWER TRANSMISSION
N position
Since both the forward brake and the reverse brake are released, torque from the input shaft drive is not trans-
mitted to the output shaft.
P position
G The same as for the N position, both the forward brake and the reverse brake are released, so torque
from the input shaft drive is not transmitted to the output shaft.
G The parking pawl linked with the select lever meshes with the parking gear and fastens the output shaft
mechanically.
SCIA5642E
1. Front brake 2. Input clutch 3. Direct clutch
4. High and low reverse clutch 5. Reverse brake 6. Forward brake
7. Low coast brake 8. 1st one-way clutch 9. Forward one-way clutch
10. 3rd one-way clutch 11. Front sun gear 12. Input shaft
13. Mid internal gear 14. Front internal gear 15. Rear carrier
16. Rear sun gear 17. Mid sun gear 18. Front carrier
19. Mid carrier 20. Rear internal gear 21. Output shaft
22. Parking gear 23. Parking pawl
PCIA0003J
A/T CONTROL SYSTEM
AT-23
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
D, M5, M4, M3, M2 positions (column shift), D, 4, 3, 2 positions (floor shift)
1st Gear
G The forward brake and the forward one-way clutch regulate reverse rotation of the mid sun gear.
G The 1st one-way clutch regulates reverse rotation of the rear sun gear.
G The 3rd one-way clutch regulates reverse rotation of the front sun gear.
G During deceleration, the mid sun gear turns forward, so the forward one-way clutch idles and the engine
brake is not activated.
1. Front brake 2. Input clutch 3. Direct clutch
4. High and low reverse clutch 5. Reverse brake 6. Forward brake
7. Low coast brake 8. 1st one-way clutch 9. Forward one-way clutch
10. 3rd one-way clutch 11. Front sun gear 12. Input shaft
13. Mid internal gear 14. Front internal gear 15. Rear carrier
16. Rear sun gear 17. Mid sun gear 18. Front carrier
19. Mid carrier 20. Rear internal gear 21. Output shaft
22. Parking gear 23. Parking pawl
SCIA1512E
AT-24
A/T CONTROL SYSTEM
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
M1 position (column shift), 1 position (floor shift) 1st Gear
G The front brake fastens the front sun gear.
G The forward brake and the forward one-way clutch regulate reverse rotation of the mid sun gear.
G High and low reverse clutch connects the rear sun gear and the mid sun gear.
G The low coast brake fastens the mid sun gear.
G During deceleration, the low coast brake regulates forward rotation of the mid sun gear and the engine
brake functions.
1. Front brake 2. Input clutch 3. Direct clutch
4. High and low reverse clutch 5. Reverse brake 6. Forward brake
7. Low coast brake 8. 1st one-way clutch 9. Forward one-way clutch
10. 3rd one-way clutch 11. Front sun gear 12. Input shaft
13. Mid internal gear 14. Front internal gear 15. Rear carrier
16. Rear sun gear 17. Mid sun gear 18. Front carrier
19. Mid carrier
20.
Rear internal gear 21. Output shaft
22. Parking gear 23. Parking pawl
SCIA1513E
A/T CONTROL SYSTEM
AT-25
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
D, M5, M4, M3 positions (column shift), D, 4, 3 positions (floor shift) 2nd Gear
G The forward brake and the forward one-way clutch regulate reverse rotation of the mid sun gear.
G The 3rd one-way clutch regulates reverse rotation of the front sun gear.
G The direct clutch is coupled and the rear carrier and rear sun gear are connected.
G During deceleration, the mid sun gear turns forward, so the forward one-way clutch idles and engine
brake is not activated.
1. Front brake 2. Input clutch 3. Direct clutch
4. High and low reverse clutch 5. Reverse brake 6. Forward brake
7. Low coast brake 8. 1st one-way clutch 9. Forward one-way clutch
10. 3rd one-way clutch 11. Front sun gear 12. Input shaft
13. Mid internal gear 14. Front internal gear
15.
Rear carrier
16. Rear sun gear 17. Mid sun gear 18. Front carrier
19. Mid carrier 20. Rear internal gear 21. Output shaft
22. Parking gear 23. Parking pawl
SCIA1514E
AT-26
A/T CONTROL SYSTEM
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
M2, M1 positions (column shift), 2, 1 positions (floor shift) 2nd Gear
G The front brake fastens the front sun gear.
G The forward brake and the forward one-way clutch regulate reverse rotation of the mid sun gear.
G The direct clutch is coupled, and the rear carrier and rear sun gear are connected.
G The low coast brake fastens the mid sun gear.
G During deceleration, the low coast brake regulates forward rotation of the mid sun gear and the engine
brake functions.
1. Front brake 2. Input clutch 3. Direct clutch
4. High and low reverse clutch 5. Reverse brake 6. Forward brake
7. Low coast brake 8. 1st one-way clutch 9. Forward one-way clutch
10. 3rd one-way clutch 11. Front sun gear 12. Input shaft
13. Mid internal gear 14. Front internal gear 15. Rear carrier
16. Rear sun gear 17. Mid sun gear 18. Front carrier
19. Mid carrier 20. Rear internal gear 21. Output shaft
22. Parking gear 23. Parking pawl
SCIA1515E
A/T CONTROL SYSTEM
AT-27
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
D, M5, M4, M3 positions (column shift), D, 4, 3 positions (floor shift) 3rd Gear
G The front brake fastens the front sun gear.
G The direct clutch is coupled, and the rear carrier and rear sun gear are connected.
G The high and low reverse clutch is coupled and the mid sun gear and rear sun gear are connected.
1. Front brake 2. Input clutch 3. Direct clutch
4. High and low reverse clutch 5. Reverse brake 6. Forward brake
7. Low coast brake 8. 1st one-way clutch 9. Forward one-way clutch
10. 3rd one-way clutch 11. Front sun gear 12. Input shaft
13. Mid internal gear 14. Front internal gear 15. Rear carrier
16. Rear sun gear 17. Mid sun gear 18. Front carrier
19. Mid carrier 20. Rear internal gear 21. Output shaft
22. Parking gear 23. Parking pawl
SCIA1516E
AT-28
A/T CONTROL SYSTEM
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
D, M5, M4 positions (column shift), D, 4 positions (floor shift) 4th Gear
G The direct clutch is coupled, and the rear carrier and rear sun gear are connected.
G The high and low reverse clutch is coupled and the mid sun gear and rear sun gear are connected.
G The input clutch is coupled and the front internal gear and mid internal gear are connected.
G The drive power is conveyed to the front internal gear, mid internal gear, and rear carrier and the three
planetary gears rotate forward as one unit.
1. Front brake 2. Input clutch 3. Direct clutch
4. High and low reverse clutch 5. Reverse brake 6. Forward brake
7. Low coast brake 8. 1st one-way clutch 9. Forward one-way clutch
10. 3rd one-way clutch 11. Front sun gear 12. Input shaft
13. Mid internal gear 14. Front internal gear 15. Rear carrier
16. Rear sun gear 17. Mid sun gear 18. Front carrier
19. Mid carrier 20. Rear internal gear 21. Output shaft
22. Parking gear 23. Parking pawl
SCIA1517E
A/T CONTROL SYSTEM
AT-29
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
D, M5 positions (column shift), D position (floor shift) 5th Gear
G The front brake fastens the front sun gear.
G The input clutch is coupled and the front internal gear and mid internal gear are connected.
G The high and low reverse clutch is coupled and the mid sun gear and rear sun gear are connected.
1. Front brake 2. Input clutch 3. Direct clutch
4. High and low reverse clutch 5. Reverse brake 6. Forward brake
7. Low coast brake 8. 1st one-way clutch 9. Forward one-way clutch
10. 3rd one-way clutch 11. Front sun gear 12. Input shaft
13. Mid internal gear 14. Front internal gear 15. Rear carrier
16. Rear sun gear 17. Mid sun gear 18. Front carrier
19. Mid carrier 20. Rear internal gear 21. Output shaft
22. Parking gear 23. Parking pawl
SCIA4984E
AT-30
A/T CONTROL SYSTEM
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
R position
G The front brake fastens the front sun gear.
G The high and low reverse clutch is coupled, and the mid sun gear and rear sun gear are connected.
G The reverse brake fastens the rear carrier.
1. Front brake 2. Input clutch 3. Direct clutch
4. High and low reverse clutch 5. Reverse brake 6. Forward brake
7. Low coast brake 8. 1st one-way clutch 9. Forward one-way clutch
10. 3rd one-way clutch 11. Front sun gear 12. Input shaft
13. Mid internal gear 14. Front internal gear 15. Rear carrier
16. Rear sun gear 17. Mid sun gear 18. Front carrier
19. Mid carrier 20. Rear internal gear 21. Output shaft
22. Parking gear 23. Parking pawl
SCIA1519E
A/T CONTROL SYSTEM
AT-31
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
TCM Function ECS00AW3
The function of the TCM is to:
G Receive input signals sent from various switches and sensors.
G Determine required line pressure, shifting point, lock-up operation, and engine brake operation.
G Send required output signals to the respective solenoids.
CONTROL SYSTEM OUTLINE (FLOOR SHIFT)
The automatic transmission senses vehicle operating conditions through various sensors or signals. It always
controls the optimum shift position and reduces shifting and lock-up shocks.
CONTROL SYSTEM DIAGRAM
SENSORS (or SIGNALS)

TCM

ACTUATORS
PNP switch
Accelerator pedal position sensor
Closed throttle position signal
Wide open throttle position signal
Engine speed signal
A/T fluid temperature sensor
Revolution sensor
Vehicle speed signal
Stop lamp switch signal
Turbine revolution sensor
1st position switch signal
4th position switch signal
ATF pressure switch
Tow mode switch signal
Shift control
Line pressure control
Lock-up control
Engine brake control
Timing control
Fail-safe control
Self-diagnosis
CONSULT-II communication line
Duet-EA control
CAN system
Input clutch solenoid valve
Direct clutch solenoid valve
Front brake solenoid valve
High and low reverse clutch
solenoid valve
Low coast brake solenoid valve
Torque converter clutch solenoid
valve
Line pressure solenoid valve
A/T CHECK indicator lamp
Starter relay
Back-up lamp relay
SCIA5624E
AT-32
A/T CONTROL SYSTEM
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
CONTROL SYSTEM OUTLINE (COLUMN SHIFT)
The automatic transmission senses vehicle operating conditions through various sensors or signals. It always
controls the optimum shift position and reduces shifting and lock-up shocks.
CONTROL SYSTEM DIAGRAM
SENSORS (or SIGNALS)

TCM

ACTUATORS
PNP switch
Accelerator pedal position sensor
Closed throttle position signal
Wide open throttle position signal
Engine speed signal
A/T fluid temperature sensor
Revolution sensor
Vehicle speed signal
Stop lamp switch signal
Turbine revolution sensor
Manual mode switch
Tow mode switch signal
Shift control
Line pressure control
Lock-up control
Engine brake control
Timing control
Fail-safe control
Self-diagnosis
CONSULT-II communication line
Duet-EA control
CAN system
Input clutch solenoid valve
Direct clutch solenoid valve
Front brake solenoid valve
High and low reverse clutch
solenoid valve
Low coast brake solenoid valve
Torque converter clutch solenoid
valve
Line pressure solenoid valve
A/T CHECK indicator lamp
Starter relay
Back-up lamp relay
SCIA5625E
A/T CONTROL SYSTEM
AT-33
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
CAN Communication ECS00AW4
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only. For details, refer to LAN-7,
"CAN COMMUNICATION" .
Input/Output Signal of TCM ECS00AW5
*1: Spare for vehicle speed sensorA/T (revolution sensor)
*2: Spare for accelerator pedal position signal
*3: If these input and output signals are different, the TCM triggers the fail-safe function.
*4: CAN communications
Control item
Line
pressure
control
Vehicle
speed
control
Shift
control
Lock-up
control
Engine
brake
control
Fail-safe
function
(*3)
Self-diag-
nostics
function
Input
Accelerator pedal position signal
(*4)
X X X X X X X
Vehicle speed sensor A/T
(revolution sensor)
X X X X X X
Vehicle speed sensor MTR
(*1) (*4)
X X X X X
Closed throttle position signal
(*4)
(*2) X (*2) X X (*2) X X
Wide open throttle position signal
(*4)
(*2) X (*2) X (*2) X X
Turbine revolution sensor 1 X X X X X
Turbine revolution sensor 2
(for 4th speed only)
X X X X X
Engine speed signals
(*4)
X X
PNP switch X X X X X X X
A/T fluid temperature sensors 1, 2 X X X X X X X
ASCD
Operation signal
(*4)
X X X X
Overdrive cancel
signal
(*4)
X X X
TCM power supply voltage signal X X X X X X
Out-
put
Direct clutch solenoid (ATF pres-
sure switch 5)
X X X X
Input clutch solenoid (ATF pressure
switch 3)
X X X X
High & low reverse clutch solenoid
(ATF pressure switch 6)
X X X X
Front brake solenoid (ATF pressure
switch 1)
X X X X
Low coast brake solenoid (ATF
pressure switch 2)
X X X X X
Line pressure solenoid X X X X X X X
TCC solenoid X X X
Self-diagnostics table
(*4)
X
Starter relay X X
AT-34
A/T CONTROL SYSTEM
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
Line Pressure Control ECS00AW6
G When an input torque signal equivalent to the engine drive force is sent from the ECM to the TCM, the
TCM controls the line pressure solenoid.
G This line pressure solenoid controls the pressure regulator valve as the signal pressure and adjusts the
pressure of the operating oil discharged from the oil pump to the line pressure most appropriate to the
driving state.
LINE PRESSURE CONTROL IS BASED ON THE TCM LINE PRESSURE CHARACTERISTIC
PATTERN
G The TCM has stored in memory a number of patterns for the optimum line pressure characteristic for the
driving state.
G In order to obtain the most appropriate line pressure characteristic to meet the current driving state, the
TCM controls the line pressure solenoid current valve and thus controls the line pressure.
Normal control
Each clutch is adjusted to the necessary pressure to match the
engine drive force.
Back-up control (Engine brake)
When the select operation is performed during driving and the trans-
mission is shifted down, the line pressure is set according to the
vehicle speed.
PCIA0007E
PCIA0008E
PCIA0009E
A/T CONTROL SYSTEM
AT-35
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
During shift change
The necessary and adequate line pressure for shift change is set.
For this reason, line pressure pattern setting corresponds to input
torque and gearshift selection. Also, line pressure characteristic is
set according to engine speed, during engine brake operation.
At low fluid temperature
When the A/T fluid temperature drops below the prescribed tempera-
ture, in order to speed up the action of each friction element, the line
pressure is set higher than the normal line pressure characteristic.
Shift Control ECS00AW7
The clutch pressure control solenoid is controlled by the signals from the switches and sensors. Thus, the
clutch pressure is adjusted to be appropriate to the engine load state and vehicle driving state. It becomes
possible to finely control the clutch hydraulic pressure with high precision and a smoother shift change charac-
teristic is attained.
SHIFT CHANGE
The clutch is controlled with the optimum timing and oil pressure by the engine speed, engine torque informa-
tion, etc.
PCIA0010E
PCIA0011E
PCIA0012E
AT-36
A/T CONTROL SYSTEM
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
Shift change system diagram
*1: Full phase real-time feedback control monitors movement of gear ratio at gear change, and controls oil
pressure at real-time to achieve the best gear ratio.
Lock-Up Control ECS00AW8
The torque converter clutch piston in the torque converter is engaged to eliminate torque converter slip to
increase power transmission efficiency.
The torque converter clutch control valve operation is controlled by the torque converter clutch solenoid valve,
which is controlled by a signal from TCM, and the torque converter clutch control valve engages or releases
the torque converter clutch piston.
Lock-up Operation Condition Table
TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH CONTROL VALVE CONTROL
Lock-up control system diagram
Lock-up released
G In the lock-up released state, the torque converter clutch control valve is set into the unlocked state by the
torque converter clutch solenoid and the lock-up apply pressure is drained.
In this way, the torque converter clutch piston is not coupled.
PCIA0013E
Select lever D position M5 position M4 or 4 position M3 or 3 position M2 or 2 position
Gear position 5 4 5 4 3 2
Lock-up
Slip lock-up
PCIA0014E
A/T CONTROL SYSTEM
AT-37
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
Lock-up applied
G In the lock-up applied state, the torque converter clutch control valve is set into the locked state by the
torque converter clutch solenoid and lock-up apply pressure is generated.
In this way, the torque converter clutch piston is pressed and coupled.
SMOOTH LOCK-UP CONTROL
When shifting from the lock-up released state to the lock-up applied state, the current output to the torque con-
verter clutch solenoid is controlled with the TCM. In this way, when shifting to the lock-up applied state, the
torque converter clutch is temporarily set to the half-clutched state to reduce the shock.
Half-clutched state
G The current output from the TCM to the torque converter clutch solenoid is varied to gradually increase
the torque converter clutch solenoid pressure.
In this way, the lock-up apply pressure gradually rises and while the torque converter clutch piston is put
into half-clutched status, the torque converter clutch piston operating pressure is increased and the cou-
pling is completed smoothly.
Slip lock-up control
G In the slip region, the torque converter clutch solenoid current is controlled with the TCM to put it into the
half-clutched state. This absorbs the engine torque fluctuation and lock-up operates from low speed.
This raises the fuel efficiency for 4th and 5th gears at both low speed and when the accelerator has a low
degree of opening.
AT-38
A/T CONTROL SYSTEM
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
Engine Brake Control ECS00AW9
G The forward one-way clutch transmits the drive force from the engine to the rear wheels. But the reverse
drive from the rear wheels is not transmitted to the engine because the one-way clutch is idling.
Therefore, the low coast brake solenoid is operated to prevent the forward one-way clutch from idling and
the engine brake is operated in the same manner as conventionally.
G The operation of the low coast brake solenoid switches the low coast brake switching valve and controls
the coupling and releasing of the low coast brake.
The low coast brake reducing valve controls the low coast brake coupling force.
Control Valve ECS00AWA
FUNCTION OF CONTROL VALVE
SCIA1520E
Name Function
Torque converter regulator valve
In order to prevent the pressure supplied to the torque converter from being excessive,
the line pressure is adjusted to the optimum pressure (torque converter operating pres-
sure).
Pressure regulator valve
Pressure regulator plug
Pressure regulator sleeve
Adjusts the oil discharged from the oil pump to the optimum pressure (line pressure) for
the driving state.
Front brake control valve
When the front brake is coupled, adjusts the line pressure to the optimum pressure
(front brake pressure) and supplies it to the front brake. (In 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 5th gears,
adjusts the clutch pressure.)
Accumulator control valve
Adjusts the pressure (accumulator control pressure) acting on the accumulator piston
and low coast reducing valve to the pressure appropriate to the driving state.
Pilot valve A
Adjusts the line pressure and produces the constant pressure (pilot pressure) required
for line pressure control, shift change control, and lock-up control.
Pilot valve B
Adjusts the line pressure and produces the constant pressure (pilot pressure) required
for shift change control.
Low coast brake switching valve During engine braking, supplies the line pressure to the low coast brake reducing valve.
Low coast brake reducing valve
When the low coast brake is coupled, adjusts the line pressure to the optimum pressure
(low coast brake pressure) and supplies it to the low coast brake.
N-R accumulator Produces the stabilizing pressure for when N-R is selected.
Direct clutch piston switching valve Operates in 4th gear and switches the direct clutch coupling capacity.
High and low reverse clutch control valve
When the high and low reverse clutch is coupled, adjusts the line pressure to the opti-
mum pressure (high and low reverse clutch pressure) and supplies it to the high and low
reverse clutch. (In 1st, 3rd, 4th and 5th gears, adjusts the clutch pressure.)
A/T CONTROL SYSTEM
AT-39
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
FUNCTION OF PRESSURE SWITCH
Input clutch control valve
When the input clutch is coupled, adjusts the line pressure to the optimum pressure
(input clutch pressure) and supplies it to the input clutch. (In 4th and 5th gears, adjusts
the clutch pressure.)
Direct clutch control valve
When the direct clutch is coupled, adjusts the line pressure to the optimum pressure
(direct clutch pressure) and supplies it to the direct clutch. (In 2nd, 3rd, and 4th gears,
adjusts the clutch pressure.)
TCC control valve
TCC control plug
TCC control sleeve
Switches the lock-up to operating or released. Also, by performing the lock-up operation
transiently, lock-up smoothly.
Torque converter lubrication valve
Operates during lock-up to switch the torque converter, cooling, and lubrication system
oil path.
Cool bypass valve Allows excess oil to bypass cooler circuit without being fed into it.
Line pressure relief valve Discharges excess oil from line pressure circuit.
N-D accumulator Produces the stabilizing pressure for when N-D is selected.
Manual valve
Sends line pressure to each circuit according to the select position. The circuits to which
the line pressure is not sent drain.
Name Function
Name Function
Pressure switch 1 (FR/B)
Detects any malfunction in the front brake hydraulic pressure. When it detects any mal-
function, it puts the system into fail-safe mode.
Pressure switch 2 (LC/B)
Detects any malfunction in the low coast brake hydraulic pressure. When it detects any
malfunction, it puts the system into fail-safe mode.
Pressure switch 3 (I/C)
Detects any malfunction in the input clutch hydraulic pressure. When it detects any mal-
function, it puts the system into fail-safe mode.
Pressure switch 5 (D/C)
Detects any malfunction in the direct clutch hydraulic pressure. When it detects any mal-
function, it puts the system into fail-safe mode.
Pressure switch 6 (HLR/C)
Detects any malfunction in the high and low reverse clutch hydraulic pressure. When it
detects any malfunction, it puts the system into fail-safe mode.
AT-40
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM PFP:00028
Introduction ECS00AWB
The A/T system has two self-diagnostic systems.
The first is the emission-related on board diagnostic system (OBD-II) performed by the TCM in combination
with the ECM. The malfunction is indicated by the MIL (malfunction indicator lamp) and is stored as a DTC in
the ECM memory but not the TCM memory.
The second is the TCM original self-diagnosis indicated by the A/T CHECK indicator lamp. The malfunction is
stored in the TCM memory. The detected items are overlapped with OBD-II self-diagnostic items. For detail,
refer to AT-88, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
OBD-II Function for A/T System ECS00AWC
The ECM provides emission-related on board diagnostic (OBD-II) functions for the A/T system. One function
is to receive a signal from the TCM used with OBD-related parts of the A/T system. The signal is sent to the
ECM when a malfunction occurs in the corresponding OBD-related part. The other function is to indicate a
diagnostic result by means of the MIL (malfunction indicator lamp) on the instrument panel. Sensors, switches
and solenoid valves are used as sensing elements.
The MIL automatically illuminates in One or Two Trip Detection Logic when a malfunction is sensed in relation
to A/T system parts.
One or Two Trip Detection Logic of OBD-II ECS00AWD
ONE TRIP DETECTION LOGIC
If a malfunction is sensed during the first test drive, the MIL will illuminate and the malfunction will be stored in
the ECM memory as a DTC. The TCM is not provided with such a memory function.
TWO TRIP DETECTION LOGIC
When a malfunction is sensed during the first test drive, it is stored in the ECM memory as a 1st trip DTC
(diagnostic trouble code) or 1st trip freeze frame data. At this point, the MIL will not illuminate. 1st Trip
If the same malfunction as that experienced during the first test drive is sensed during the second test drive,
the MIL will illuminate. 2nd Trip
The Trip in the One or Two Trip Detection Logic means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is performed
during vehicle operation.
OBD-II Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ECS00AWE
HOW TO READ DTC AND 1ST TRIP DTC
DTC and 1st trip DTC can be read by the following methods.
( with CONSULT-II or GST) CONSULT-II or GST (Generic Scan Tool) Examples: P0705, P0720 etc.
These DTC are prescribed by SAE J2012.
(CONSULT-II also displays the malfunctioning component or system.)
G 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
G Output of the diagnostic trouble code indicates that the indicated circuit has a malfunction. How-
ever, in case of the Mode II and GST, they do not indicate whether the malfunction is still occurring
or occurred in the past and returned to normal.
CONSULT-II can identify them as shown below, therefore, CONSULT-II (if available) is recom-
mended.
A sample of CONSULT-II display for DTC and 1st trip DTC is shown
on the next page. DTC or 1st trip DTC of a malfunction is displayed
in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS mode for ENGINE with CON-
SULT-II. Time data indicates how many times the vehicle was driven
after the last detection of a DTC.
SAT014K
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
AT-41
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
If the DTC is being detected currently, the time data will be 0.
If a 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM, the time data will be 1t.
Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data
The ECM has a memory function, which stores the driving condition such as fuel system status, calculated
load value, engine coolant temperature, short term fuel trim, long term fuel trim, engine speed and vehicle
speed at the moment the ECM detects a malfunction.
Data which are stored in the ECM memory, along with the 1st trip DTC, are called 1st trip freeze frame data,
and the data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT-II
or GST. The 1st trip freeze frame data can only be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen, not on the GST. For
detail, refer to AT-40, "ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM" .
Only one set of freeze frame data (either 1st trip freeze frame data of freeze frame data) can be stored in the
ECM. 1st trip freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory along with the 1st trip DTC. There is no priority
for 1st trip freeze frame data and it is updated each time a different 1st trip DTC is detected. However, once
freeze frame data (2nd trip detection/MIL on) is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze frame data is no
longer stored. Remember, only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM. The ECM has the fol-
lowing priorities to update the data.
Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTC) are cleared when the ECM mem-
ory is erased.
HOW TO ERASE DTC
The diagnostic trouble code can be erased by CONSULT-II, GST or ECM DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE as
described following.
G If the battery cable is disconnected, the diagnostic trouble code will be lost within 24 hours.
G When you erase the DTC, using CONSULT-II or GST is easier and quicker than switching the mode
selector on the ECM.
The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared from the ECM memory when erasing DTC
related to OBD-II. For details, refer to EC-49, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information" .
G Diagnostic trouble codes (DTC)
G 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes (1st trip DTC)
G Freeze frame data
SAT015K
SAT016K
Priority Items
1 Freeze frame data Misfire DTC: P0300 - P0306
Fuel Injection System Function DTC: P0171, P0172, P0174, P0175
2 Except the above items (Includes A/T related items)
3 1st trip freeze frame data
AT-42
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
G 1st trip freeze frame data
G System readiness test (SRT) codes
G Test values
HOW TO ERASE DTC (WITH CONSULT-II)
G If a DTC is displayed for both ECM and TCM, it is necessary to be erased for both ECM and TCM.
1. If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least
10 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
2. Turn CONSULT-II ON and touch A/T.
3. Touch SELF-DIAG RESULTS.
4. Touch ERASE. (The DTC in the TCM will be erased.) Then touch BACK twice.
5. Touch ENGINE.
6. Touch SELF-DIAG RESULTS.
7. Touch ERASE. (The DTC in the ECM will be erased.)
HOW TO ERASE DTC (WITH GST)
1. If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least
10 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
2. Select Mode 4 with Generic Scan Tool (GST). For details refer to EC-140, "Generic Scan Tool (GST)
Function" .
HOW TO ERASE DTC (NO TOOLS)
1. Disconnect battery for 24 hours.
2. Reconnect battery.
SCIA5671E
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
AT-43
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ECS00AWF
DESCRIPTION
The MIL is located on the instrument panel.
1. The MIL will light up when the ignition switch is turned ON with-
out the engine running. This is a bulb check.
G If the MIL does not light up, refer to DI-30, "WARNING LAMPS"
.
2. When the engine is started, the MIL should go off.
If the MIL remains on, the on board diagnostic system has
detected an engine system malfunction.
SEF217U
AT-44
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS PFP:00004
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ECS00AWG
If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority
chart.
NOTE:
If DTC U1000 is displayed with other DTCs, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
AT-98 .
Fail-Safe ECS00AWH
The TCM has an electrical fail-safe mode. This mode makes it possible to operate even if there is an error in a
main electronic control input/output signal circuit.
In fail-safe mode the transmission is fixed in 2nd, 4th, or 5th (depending on the breakdown position), so the
customer should feel slipping or poor acceleration.
Even when the electronic circuits are normal, under special conditions (for example, when slamming on the
brake with the wheels spinning drastically and stopping the tire rotation), the transmission can go into fail-safe
mode. If this happens, switch OFF the ignition switch for 10 seconds, then switch it ON again to return to
the normal shift pattern. Therefore, the customer's vehicle has returned to normal, so handle according to the
diagnostics flow (Refer to AT-47, "WORK FLOW" ).
FAIL-SAFE FUNCTION
If any malfunction occurs in a sensor or solenoid, this function controls the A/T to mark driving possible.
Vehicle Speed Sensor
G Signals are input from two systems - from vehicle speed sensor A/T (revolution sensor) installed on the
transmission and from combination meter so normal driving is possible even if there is a malfunction in
one of the systems. And if vehicle speed sensor A/T (revolution sensor) has unusual cases, 5th gear and
manual mode are prohibited.
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
G If there is a malfunction in one of the systems, the accelerator opening angle is controlled by ECM accord-
ing to a pre-determined accelerator angle to make driving possible. And if there are malfunctions in tow
systems, the engine speed is fixed by ECM to a pre-determined engine speed to make driving possible.
Throttle Position Sensor
G If there is a malfunction in one of the systems, the accelerator opening angle is controlled by ECM accord-
ing to a pre-determined accelerator angle to make driving possible. And if there are malfunctions in tow
systems, the accelerator opening angle is controlled by the idle signal sent from the ECM which is based
on input indicating either idle condition or off-idle condition (pre-determined accelerator opening) in order
to make driving possible.
PNP Switch
G In the unlikely event that a malfunction signal enters the TCM, the position indicator is switched OFF, the
starter relay is switched OFF (starter starting is disabled), the back-up lamp relay switched OFF (back-
up lamp is OFF) and the position is fixed to the D range to make driving possible.
Starter Relay
G The starter relay is switched OFF. (Starter starting is disabled.)
Priority Detected items (DTC)
1 U1000 CAN communication line
2 Except above
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
AT-45
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
A/T Interlock
G If there is an A/T interlock judgment malfunction, the transmission is fixed in 2nd gear to make driving pos-
sible.
NOTE:
When the vehicle is driven fixed in 2nd gear, a turbine revolution sensor malfunction is displayed,
but this is not a turbine revolution sensor malfunction.
G When the coupling pattern below is detected, the fail-safe action corresponding to the pattern is per-
formed.
A/T INTERLOCK COUPLING PATTERN TABLE
G: NG X: OK
A/T 1st Engine Braking
G When there is an A/T first gear engine brake judgment malfunction, the low coast brake solenoid is
switched OFF to avoid the engine brake operation.
Line Pressure Solenoid
G The solenoid is switched OFF and the line pressure is set to the maximum hydraulic pressure to make
driving possible.
Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid
G The solenoid is switched OFF to release the lock-up.
Low Coast Brake Solenoid
G When a (electrical or functional) malfunction occurs, in order to make driving possible, the engine brake is
not applied in 1st and 2nd gear.
Input Clutch Solenoid
G If a (electrical or functional) malfunction occurs with the solenoid either ON or OFF, the transmission is
held in 4th gear to make driving possible.
Direct Clutch Solenoid
G If a (electrical or functional) malfunction occurs with the solenoid either ON or OFF, the transmission is
held in 4th gear to make driving possible.
Front Brake Clutch Solenoid
G If a (electrical or functional) malfunction occurs with the solenoid ON, in order to make driving possible,
the A/T is held in 5th gear; if the solenoid is OFF, 4th gear.
High & Low Reverse Clutch Solenoid
G If a (electrical or functional) malfunction occurs with the solenoid either ON or OFF, the transmission is
held in 4th gear to make driving possible.
Turbine Revolution Sensor 1 or 2
G The control is the same as if there were no turbine revolution sensors, 5th gear and manual mode are pro-
hibited.
Gear position
ATF pressure switch output
Fail-safe
function
Clutch pressure output pattern after fail-safe func-
tion
SW3
(I/C)
SW6
(HLR/
C)
SW5
(D/C)
SW1
(FR/B)
SW2
(LC/B)
I/C HLR/C D/C FR/B LC/B L/U
A/T inter-
lock cou-
pling pattern
3rd X X G
Held in
2nd gear
OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF
4th X X G
Held in
2nd gear
OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF
5th X X X G
Held in
2nd gear
OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF
AT-46
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
How To Perform Trouble Diagnosis For Quick and Accurate Repair ECS00AWI
INTRODUCTION
The TCM receives a signal from the vehicle speed sensor, accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position
sensor) or PNP switch and provides shift control or lock-up control via A/T solenoid valves.
The TCM also communicates with the ECM by means of a signal
sent from sensing elements used with the OBD-related parts of the
A/T system for malfunction-diagnostic purposes. The TCM is capa-
ble of diagnosing malfunctioning parts while the ECM can store mal-
functions in its memory.
Input and output signals must always be correct and stable in the
operation of the A/T system. The A/T system must be in good oper-
ating condition and be free of valve seizure, solenoid valve malfunc-
tion, etc.
It is much more difficult to diagnose a error that occurs intermittently
rather than continuously. Most intermittent errors are caused by poor
electric connections or improper wiring. In this case, careful check-
ing of suspected circuits may help prevent the replacement of good
parts.
A visual check only may not find the cause of the errors. A road test
with CONSULT-II (or GST) or a circuit tester connected should be
performed. Follow the AT-47, "WORK FLOW" .
Before undertaking actual checks, take a few minutes to talk with a
customer who approaches with a driveability complaint. The cus-
tomer can supply good information about such errors, especially
intermittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present and under
what conditions they occur. A Diagnostic Worksheet as shown on
the example (Refer to AT-48 ) should be used.
Start your diagnosis by looking for conventional errors first. This will
help troubleshoot driveability errors on an electronically controlled
engine vehicle.
Also check related Service bulletins.
SAT631IB
SAT632I
SEF234G
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
AT-47
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
WORK FLOW
A good understanding of the malfunction conditions can make troubleshooting faster and more accurate.
In general, each customer feels differently about a malfunction. It is important to fully understand the symp-
toms or conditions for a customer complaint.
Make good use of the two sheets provided, Information From Customer (Refer to AT-48 ) and Diagnostic
Worksheet (Refer to AT-48 ), to perform the best troubleshooting possible.
Work Flow Chart
*1. AT-48 *2. AT-48 *3. AT-44
*4. AT-53 *5. AT-53, AT-54 *6. AT-56
*7. AT-86 *8. AT-40 *9. AT-98
*10. AT-178 *11. AT-183 *12. AT-233
*13. AT-64 *14. AT-41 *15. AT-98, AT-172
*16. EC-49
WCIA0251E
AT-48
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET
Information From Customer
KEY POINTS
G WHAT..... Vehicle & A/T model
G WHEN..... Date, Frequencies
G WHERE..... Road conditions
G HOW..... Operating conditions, Symptoms
Diagnostic Worksheet Chart
Customer name MR/MS Model & Year VIN
Trans. Model Engine Mileage
Malfunction Date Manuf. Date In Service Date
Frequency Continuous Intermittent ( times a day)
Symptoms Vehicle does not move. ( Any position Particular position)
No up-shift ( 1st 2nd 2nd 3rd 3rd 4th 4th 5th)
No down-shift ( 5th 4th 4th 3rd 3rd 2nd 2nd 1st)
Lock-up malfunction
Shift point too high or too low.
Shift shock or slip ( N D Lock-up Any drive position)
Noise or vibration
No kick down
No pattern select
Others
( )
Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) Continuously lit Not lit
1 Read the item on cautions concerning fail-safe and understand the customer's complaint. AT-44
2
ATF inspection
AT-53
Leak (Repair leak location.)
State
Amount
3
Stall test and line pressure test
AT-53, AT-
54
Stall test
Torque converter one-way clutch
Front brake
High and low reverse clutch
Low coast brake
Forward brake
Reverse brake
Forward one-way clutch
1st one-way clutch
3rd one-way clutch
Engine
Line pressure low
Except for input clutch and direct
clutch, clutches and brakes OK
Line pressure inspection - Suspected part:
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
AT-49
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
4
Perform all road tests and enter checks in required inspection items. AT-56
4-1.
Check before engine is started
AT-57
The AT CHECK Indicator Lamp does come on. AT-186 .
Perform self-diagnostics Enter checks for detected items.
AT-110, "DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)" .
AT-135, "DTC P1721 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR" .
AT-150, "DTC P1762 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE" .
AT-117, "DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE" .
AT-121, "DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE" .
AT-142, "DTC P1752 INPUT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE" .
AT-146, "DTC P1757 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE" .
AT-158, "DTC P1772 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE" .
AT-154, "DTC P1767 HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE" .
AT-106, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH" .
AT-128, "DTC P1710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT" .
AT-133, "DTC P1716 TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR" .
AT-137, "DTC P1730 A/T INTERLOCK" .
AT-140, "DTC P1731 A/T 1ST ENGINE BRAKING" .
AT-101, "DTC P0615 START SIGNAL CIRCUIT" .
AT-125, "DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR" .
AT-115, "DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL" .
AT-98, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
Battery
Other
4-2.
Idle inspection
AT-57
AT-186, "Engine Cannot Be Started In P or N Position" .
AT-187, "In P Position, Vehicle Moves When Pushed" .
AT-188, "In N Position, Vehicle Moves" .
AT-189, "Large Shock (N to D Position)" .
AT-192, "Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In R Position" .
AT-195, "Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In D Position" .
4-3.
Driving tests
AT-58
Part 1
AT-197, "Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1" .
AT-200, "A/T Does Not Shift: D1 D2" .
AT-202, "A/T Does Not Shift: D2 D3" .
AT-204, "A/T Does Not Shift: D3 D4" .
AT-207, "A/T Does Not Shift: D4 D5" .
AT-209, "A/T Does Not Perform Lock-up"
AT-211, "A/T Does Not Hold Lock-up Condition" .
AT-213, "Lock-up Is Not Released" .
AT-214, "Engine Speed Does Not Return To Idle" .
AT-50
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
4 4-3
Part 2
AT-60
AT-197, "Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1" .
AT-200, "A/T Does Not Shift: D1 D2" .
AT-202, "A/T Does Not Shift: D2 D3" .
AT-204, "A/T Does Not Shift: D3 D4" .
Part 3
AT-61
Column
shift
models
AT-215, "Cannot Be Changed to Manual Mode (Column Shift)" .
AT-215, "A/T Does Not Shift: 5th gear 4th gear (Floor Shift Models)" .
AT-220, "A/T Does Not Shift: 4th gear 3rd gear (Floor Shift Models)" .
AT-224, "A/T Does Not Shift: 3rd gear 2nd gear (Floor Shift Models)" .
AT-228, "A/T Does Not Shift: 2nd gear 1st gear (Floor Shift Models)" .
AT-233, "Vehicle Does Not Decelerate By Engine Brake" .
Perform self-diagnostics Enter checks for detected items.
Floor
shift
models
AT-215, "A/T Does Not Shift: 5th gear 4th gear (Floor Shift Models)" .
AT-220, "A/T Does Not Shift: 4th gear 3rd gear (Floor Shift Models)" .
AT-224, "A/T Does Not Shift: 3rd gear 2nd gear (Floor Shift Models)" .
AT-228, "A/T Does Not Shift: 2nd gear 1st gear (Floor Shift Models)" .
AT-233, "Vehicle Does Not Decelerate By Engine Brake" .
Perform self-diagnostics Enter checks for detected items.
AT-110, "DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)" .
AT-135, "DTC P1721 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR" .
AT-150, "DTC P1762 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE" .
AT-117, "DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE" .
AT-121, "DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE" .
AT-142, "DTC P1752 INPUT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE" .
AT-146, "DTC P1757 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE" .
AT-158, "DTC P1772 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE" .
AT-154, "DTC P1767 HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE" .
AT-106, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH" .
AT-128, "DTC P1710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT" .
AT-133, "DTC P1716 TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR" .
AT-137, "DTC P1730 A/T INTERLOCK" .
AT-140, "DTC P1731 A/T 1ST ENGINE BRAKING" .
AT-101, "DTC P0615 START SIGNAL CIRCUIT" .
AT-125, "DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR" .
AT-115, "DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL" .
AT-98, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
Battery
Other
5
Inspect each system for items found to be NG in the self-diagnostics and repair or replace the malfunction
parts.
6 Perform all road tests and enter the checks again for the required items. AT-56
7
For any remaining NG items, perform the diagnostics procedure and repair or replace the malfunction parts.
See the chart for diagnostics by symptoms. (This chart also contains other symptoms and inspection proce-
dures.)
AT-64
8 Erase the results of the self-diagnostics from the TCM.
AT-41
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
AT-51
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
A/T Electrical Parts Location ECS00AWJ
WCIA0500E
AT-52
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
Circuit Diagram ECS00AWK
BCWA0330E
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
AT-53
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
Inspections Before Trouble Diagnosis ECS00AWM
A/T FLUID CHECK
Fluid Leakage and Fluid Level Check
G Inspect for fluid leakage and check the fluid level. Refer to AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
Fluid Condition Check
Inspect the fluid condition.
STALL TEST
Stall Test Procedure
1. Inspect the amount of engine oil. Replenish the engine oil if necessary.
2. Drive for about 10 minutes to warm up the vehicle so that the A/
T fluid temperature is 50 to 80C (122 to 176F). Inspect the
amount of ATF. Replenish if necessary.
3. Securely engage the parking brake so that the tires do not turn.
4. Engine start, apply foot brake, and place selector lever in D
position.
5. While holding down the foot brake, gradually press down the
accelerator pedal.
6. Quickly read off the stall speed, then quickly remove your foot
from the accelerator pedal.
CAUTION:
Do not hold down the accelerator pedal for more than 5 sec-
onds during this test.
7. Move the selector lever to the N position.
8. Cool down the ATF.
Fluid condition Conceivable Cause Required Operation
Varnished (viscous
varnish state)
Clutch, brake
scorched
Replace the ATF and check the A/T
main unit and the vehicle for mal-
functions (wire harnesses, cooler
pipes, etc.)
Milky white or
cloudy
Water in the fluid
Replace the ATF and check for
places where water is getting in.
Large amount of
metal powder mixed
in
Unusual wear of
sliding parts within
A/T
Replace the ATF and check for
improper operation of the A/T.
SAT638A
SAT647B
SCIA1224E
SAT514G
AT-54
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
CAUTION:
Run the engine at idle for at least one minute.
Judgement of Stall Test
O: Stall speed within standard value position
H: Stall speed higher than standard value
L: Stall speed lower than standard value
Stall test standard value position
LINE PRESSURE TEST
Line Pressure Test Port
Line Pressure Test Procedure
1. Inspect the amount of engine oil and replenish if necessary.
2. Drive the car for about 10 minutes to warm it up so that the ATF reaches in range of 50 to 80C (122 to
176F), then inspect the amount of ATF and replenish if necessary.
NOTE:
The automatic fluid temperature rises in range of 50 to 80C (122 to 176F) during 10 minutes of
driving.
Stall speed: 2,500 - 2,800 rpm
Selector lever position
Expected problem location
D R
Stall rotation
H O
G Forward brake
G Forward one-way clutch
G 1st one-way clutch
G 3rd one-way clutch
O H G Reverse brake
L L G Engine and torque converter one-way clutch
H H G Line pressure low
Does not shift-up D, M position 1 2 Slipping in 2nd, 3rd, 4th gears Direct clutch slippage
Does not shift-up D, M position 2 3 Slipping in 3rd, 4th, 5th gears High and low reverse clutch slippage
Does not shift-up D, M position 3 4 Slipping in 4th, 5th gears Input clutch slippage
Does not shift-up D, M position 4 5 Slipping in 5th gear Front brake slippage
SCIA2187E
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
AT-55
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
3. After warming up remove the oil pressure detection plug and
install the oil pressure gauge [ST2505S001(J-34301-C)].
CAUTION:
When using the oil pressure gauge, be sure to use the O-
ring attached to the oil pressure detection plug.
4. Securely engage the parking brake so that the tires do not turn.
5. Start the engine, then measure the line pressure at both idle and
the stall speed.
CAUTION:
G Keep the brake pedal pressed all the way down during
measurement.
G When measuring the line pressure at the stall speed,
refer to AT-53, "STALL TEST" .
6. After the measurements are complete, install the oil pressure
detection plug and tighten to the regulation torque below.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse the O-ring.
Line Pressure
SCIA5309E
SCIA1224E
: 7.3 Nm (0.74 kg-m, 65 in-lb) SAT493G
Engine speed
Line pressure [kPa (kg/cm
2
, psi)]
R position D, M position
At idle speed 392 - 441 (4.0 - 4.5, 57 - 64) 373 - 422 (3.8 - 4.3, 54 - 61)
At stall speed 1,700 - 1,890 (17.3 - 19.3, 247 - 274) 1,310 - 1,500 (13.3 - 15.3, 190 - 218)
AT-56
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
Judgement of Line Pressure Test
ROAD TEST
Description
G The road test inspects overall performance of the A/T and analyzes possible malfunction causes.
G The road test is carried out in the following three stages.
1. Check before engine is started. Refer to AT-57 .
2. Check at idle. Refer to AT-57 .
3. Cruise test
G Inspect all the items from Part 1 to Part 3. Refer to AT-58 , AT-60 , AT-61 .
G Before beginning the road test, check the test procedure and inspection items.
G Test all inspection items until the symptom is uncovered. Diagnose NG items when all road tests are com-
plete.
Judgement Possible cause
Idle speed
Low for all positions
(P, R, N, D, M)
Possible causes include malfunctions in the pressure supply system and low oil pump output.
For example
G Oil pump wear
G Pressure regulator valve or plug sticking or spring fatigue
G Oil strainer oil pump pressure regulator valve passage oil leak
G Engine idle speed too low
Only low for a spe-
cific position
Possible causes include an oil pressure leak in a passage or device related to the position after
the pressure is distributed by the manual valve.
High
Possible causes include a sensor malfunction or malfunction in the line pressure adjustment func-
tion.
For example
G Accelerator pedal position signal malfunction
G ATF temperature sensor malfunction
G Line pressure solenoid malfunction (sticking in OFF state, filter clog, cut line)
G Pressure regulator valve or plug sticking
Stall speed
Oil pressure does
not rise higher than
the oil pressure for
idle.
Possible causes include a sensor malfunction or malfunction in the pressure adjustment function.
For example
G Accelerator pedal position signal malfunction
G TCM breakdown
G Line pressure solenoid malfunction (shorting, sticking in ON state)
G Pressure regulator valve or plug sticking
G Pilot valve sticking or pilot filter clogged
The pressure rises,
but does not enter
the standard posi-
tion.
Possible causes include malfunctions in the pressure supply system and malfunction in the pres-
sure adjustment function.
For example
G Accelerator pedal position signal malfunction
G Line pressure solenoid malfunction (sticking, filter clog)
G Pressure regulator valve or plug sticking
G Pilot valve sticking or pilot filter clogged
Only low for a spe-
cific position
Possible causes include an oil pressure leak in a passage or device related to the position after
the pressure is distributed by the manual valve.
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
AT-57
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
Check Before Engine is Started ECS00AWN
1. CHECK AT CHECK INDICATOR LAMP
1. Park vehicle on level surface.
2. Move selector lever to P position.
3. Turn ignition switch to OFF position and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch to ON position. (Do not start engine.)
Does AT CHECK indicator lamp light up for about 2 seconds?
YES >> 1. Turn ignition switch to "OFF" position.
2. Carry out the self-diagnostics and record all NG items on the diagnostic worksheet. Refer to AT-
88, "CONSULT-II SETTING PROCEDURE" .
3. Go to AT-57, "Check at Idle" .
NO >> Stop the road test and go to AT-186, "AT CHECK Indicator Lamp does not come on" .
Check at Idle ECS00AWO
1. CHECK STARTING THE ENGINE
1. Park vehicle on level surface.
2. Move selector lever to P or N position.
3. Turn ignition switch to OFF position.
4. Turn ignition switch to START position.
Does the engine start?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Stop the road test and go to AT-186, "Engine Cannot Be Started In P or N Position" .
2. CHECK STARTING THE ENGINE
1. Turn ignition switch to ON position.
2. Move selector lever in D or R position.
3. Turn ignition switch to START position.
Does the engine start in either position?
YES >> Stop the road test and go to AT-186, "Engine Cannot Be Started In P or N Position" .
NO >> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK P POSITION FUNCTIONS
1. Move selector lever to P position.
2. Turn ignition switch to OFF position.
3. Release the parking brake.
4. Push the vehicle forward or backward.
5. Engage the parking brake.
When you push the vehicle with disengaging the parking brake, does it move?
YES >> Enter a check mark at "In "N" Position Vehicle Moves When Pushed" on the diagnostics work-
sheet, then continue the road test.
NO >> GO TO 4.
AT-58
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
4. CHECK N POSITION FUNCTIONS
1. Start the engine.
2. Move selector lever to N position.
3. Release the parking brake.
Does vehicle move forward or backward?
YES >> Enter a check mark at "In "P" Position Vehicle Moves" on the diagnostics worksheet, then con-
tinue the road test.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5. CHECK SHIFT SHOCK
1. Engage the brake.
2. Move selector lever to D position.
When the transmission is shifted from N to D, is there an excessive shock?
YES >> Enter a check mark at "Large Shock ("N" to "D Position)" on the diagnostics worksheet, then con-
tinue the road test.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6. CHECK R POSITION FUNCTIONS
1. Engage the brake.
2. Move selector lever to R position.
3. Release the brake for 4 to 5 seconds.
Does the vehicle creep backward?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Enter a check mark at Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In "R" Position on the diagnostics
worksheet, then continue the road test.
7. CHECK D POSITION FUNCTIONS
Inspect whether the vehicle creeps forward when the transmission is put into the D position.
Does the vehicle move forward in the D positions?
YES >> Go to AT-58, "Cruise Test - Part 1" , AT-60, "Cruise Test - Part 2" , and AT-61, "Cruise Test - Part
3" .
NO >> Enter a check mark at Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In "D" Position on the diagnostics work-
sheet, then continue the road test.
Cruise Test - Part 1 ECS00AWP
1. CHECK STARTING OUT FROM D1
1. Drive the vehicle for about 10 minutes to warm up the engine oil and ATF.
Appropriate temperature for the ATF: 50 - 80C (122 - 176F)
2. Park the vehicle on a level surface.
3. Move selector lever to P position.
4. Start the engine.
5. Move selector lever to D position.
6. Press the accelerator pedal about half way down to accelerate the vehicle.
With CONSULT-II
Read off the gear positions.
Starts from D1?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Enter a check mark at Vehicle Cannot be Started From D1 on the diagnostics worksheet, then
continue the road test.
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
AT-59
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
2. CHECK SHIFT-UP D1 D2
Press down the accelerator pedal about half way and inspect if the vehicle shifts up (D1 D2) at the appropri-
ate speed.
G Refer to AT-63, "Vehicle Speed When Shifting Gears" .
With CONSULT-II
Read the gear position, throttle degree of opening, and vehicle speed.
Does the A/T shift-up D1 D2 at the correct speed?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Enter a check mark at A/T Does Not Shift: D1 D2 on the diagnostics worksheet, then continue
the road test.
3. CHECK SHIFT-UP D2 D3
Press down the accelerator pedal about half way and inspect if the vehicle shifts up (D2 D3) at the appropri-
ate speed.
G Refer to AT-63, "Vehicle Speed When Shifting Gears" .
With CONSULT-II
Read the gear position, throttle degree of opening, and vehicle speed.
Does the A/T shift-up D2 D3 at the correct speed?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Enter a check mark at A/T Does Not Shift: D2 D3 on the diagnostics worksheet, then continue
the road test.
4. CHECK SHIFT-UP D3 D4
Press down the accelerator pedal about half way and inspect if the vehicle shifts up (D3 D4) at the appropri-
ate speed.
G Refer to AT-63, "Vehicle Speed When Shifting Gears" .
With CONSULT-II
Read the gear position, throttle degree of opening, and vehicle speed.
Does the A/T shift-up D3 D4 at the correct speed?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Enter a check mark at A/T Does Not Shift: D3 D4 on the diagnostics worksheet, then continue
the road test.
5. CHECK SHIFT-UP D4 D5
Press down the accelerator pedal about half way and inspect if the vehicle shifts up (D4 D5) at the appropri-
ate speed.
G Refer to AT-63, "Vehicle Speed When Shifting Gears" .
With CONSULT-II
Read the gear position, throttle degree of opening, and vehicle speed.
Does the A/T shift-up D4 D5 at the correct speed?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Enter a check mark at A/T Does Not Shift: D4 D5 on the diagnostics worksheet, then continue
the road test.
AT-60
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
6. CHECK LOCK-UP
When releasing accelerator pedal from D5, check lock-up from D5 to L/U.
G Refer to AT-63, "Vehicle Speed When Shifting Gears" .
With CONSULT-II
Select TCC SOLENOID 0.00A with the MAIN SIGNAL mode for A/T.
Does it lock-up?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Enter a check mark at A/T Does Not Perform Lock-up on the diagnostics worksheet, then con-
tinue the road test.
7. CHECK LOCK-UP HOLD
Does it maintain lock-up status?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Enter a check mark at A/T Does Not Hold Lock-up Condition on the diagnostics worksheet, then
continue the road test.
8. CHECK LOCK-UP RELEASE
Check lock-up cancellation by depressing brake pedal lightly to decelerate.
With CONSULT-II
Select TCC SOLENOID 0.00A with the MAIN SIGNAL mode for A/T.
Does lock-up cancel?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Enter a check mark at Lock-up Is Not Released on the diagnostics worksheet, then continue the
road test.
9. CHECK SHIFT-DOWN D5 D4
Decelerate by pressing lightly on the brake pedal.
With CONSULT-II
Read the gear position and engine speed.
When the A/T shift-down D5 D4, does the engine speed drop smoothly back to idle?
YES >> 1. Stop the vehicle.
2. Go to Cruise test - Part 2 (Refer to AT-60 ).
NO >> Enter a check mark at Engine Speed Does Not Return to Idle on the diagnostics worksheet, then
continue the road test. Go to Cruise test - Part 2 (Refer to AT-60 ).
Cruise Test - Part 2 ECS00AWQ
1. CHECK STARTING FROM D1
1. Move selector lever the D position.
2. Accelerate at half throttle.
With CONSULT-II
Read the gear position.
Does it start from D1?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Enter a check mark at Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1 on the diagnostics worksheet, then
continue the road test.
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
AT-61
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
2. CHECK SHIFT-UP D1 D2
Press the accelerator pedal down all the way and inspect whether or not the transmission shifts up (D1 D2)
at the correct speed.
G Refer to AT-63, "Vehicle Speed When Shifting Gears" .
With CONSULT-II
Read the gear position, throttle position and vehicle speed.
Does the A/T shift-up D1 D2 at the correct speed?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Enter a check mark at Vehicle Does Not Shift: D1 D2 on the diagnostics worksheet, then con-
tinue the road test.
3. CHECK SHIFT-UP D2 D3
Press the accelerator pedal down all the way and inspect whether or not the transmission shifts up (D2 D3)
at the correct speed.
G Refer to AT-63, "Vehicle Speed When Shifting Gears" .
With CONSULT-II
Read the gear position, throttle position and vehicle speed.
Does the A/T shift-up D2 D3 at the correct speed?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Enter a check mark at Vehicle Does Not Shift: D2 D3 on the diagnostics worksheet, then con-
tinue the road test.
4. CHECK SHIFT-UP D3 D4 AND ENGINE BRAKE
When the transmission changes speed D3 D4, return the accelerator pedal.
Does the A/T shift-up D3 D4 and apply the engine brake?
YES >> 1. Stop the vehicle.
2. See AT-61, "Cruise Test - Part 3" .
NO >> Enter a check mark at Vehicle Does Not Shift: D3 D4 on the diagnostics worksheet, then con-
tinue the road test.
Cruise Test - Part 3 ECS00AWR
1. IDENTIFY SHIFTER LOCATION
Identify the shifter location.
Is the shifter located on the steering column?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 4.
2. MANUAL MODE FUNCTION
Move to manual mode from D position.
Does it switch to manual mode?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Continue road test and add check mark to Cannot Be Changed to Manual Mode (Column Shift)
on diagnostics worksheet.
AT-62
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
3. CHECK SHIFT-DOWN
During manual mode driving, move gear selector from M5 M4 M3 M2 M1.
With CONSULT-II
Read the gear position.
Is downshifting correctly performed?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Enter a check mark at Vehicle does not shift at the corresponding position (5th 4th, 4th 3rd,
3rd 2nd, 2nd 1st) on the diagnostics worksheet, then continue the road test.
4. CHECK SHIFT-DOWN
During D5 driving, move gear selector from D 4 3 2 1.
With CONSULT-II
Read the gear position.
Is downshifting correctly performed?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Enter a check mark at Vehicle does not shift at the corresponding position (5th 4th, 4th 3rd,
3rd 2nd, 2nd 1st) on the diagnostics worksheet, then continue the road test.
5. CHECK ENGINE BRAKE
Does engine braking effectively reduce speed in M1 position (column shift) or 11 position (floor shift)?
YES >> 1. Stop the vehicle.
2. Carry out the self-diagnostics. Refer to AT-88, "CONSULT-II SETTING PROCEDURE" .
NO >> Enter a check mark at Vehicle Does Not Decelerate By Engine Brake on the diagnostics work-
sheet, then continue trouble diagnosis.
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
AT-63
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
Vehicle Speed When Shifting Gears ECS00AWS
NORMAL MODE
G At half throttle, the accelerator opening is 4/8 of the full opening.
TOW MODE
G At half throttle, the accelerator opening is 4/8 of the full opening.
Vehicle Speed When Performing and Releasing Complete Lock-up ECS00AWT
G At closed throttle, the accelerator opening is less than 1/8 condition.
G At half throttle, the accelerator opening is 4/8 of the full opening.
Vehicle Speed When Performing and Releasing Slip Lock-up ECS00AWU
G At closed throttle, the accelerator opening is less than 1/8 condition.
Final
gear
ratio
Throttle position
Vehicle speed km/h (MPH)
D1 D2 D2 D3 D3 D4 D4 D5 D5 D4 D4 D3 D3 D2 D2 D1
2.937
Full throttle
70 - 74
(44 - 46)
112 - 120
(70 - 75)
176 - 186
(110 - 116)
249 - 259
(155 - 161)
245 - 255
(152 - 159)
166 - 176
(103 - 110)
100 - 108
(62 - 67)
43 - 47
(27 - 30)
Half throttle
46 - 50
(29 - 31)
74 - 82
(46 - 51)
103 - 113
(64 - 71)
135 - 145
(84 - 90)
109 - 119
(68 - 74)
69 - 79
(43 - 49)
44 - 52
(28 - 33)
11 - 15
(7 - 10)
3.357
Full throttle
61 - 65
(38 - 41)
97 - 105
(61 - 66)
153 - 163
(95 - 102)
236 - 246
(147 - 153)
232 - 242
(144 - 151)
143 - 153
(89 - 95)
87 - 95
(54 - 59)
43 - 47
(27 - 30)
Half throttle
41 - 45
(26 - 28)
66 - 74
(41 - 46)
89 - 99
(56 - 62)
117 - 127
(73 - 79)
95 - 105
(59 - 66)
59 - 69
(37 - 43)
38 - 46
(24 - 29)
11 - 15
(7 - 10)
Final
gear
ratio
Throttle position
Vehicle speed km/h (MPH)
D1 D2 D2 D3 D3 D4 D4 D5 D5 D4 D4 D3 D3 D2 D2 D1
2.937
Full throttle
70 - 74
(44 - 46)
112 - 120
(70 - 75)
176 - 186
(110 - 116)
249 - 259
(155 - 161)
245 - 255
(152 - 159)
166 - 176
(103 - 110)
100 - 108
(62 - 67)
43 - 47
(27 - 30)
Half throttle
50 - 54
(31 - 34)
81 - 89
(50 - 55)
113 - 123
(70 - 76)
135 - 145
(84 - 90)
109 - 119
(68 - 74)
69 - 79
(43 - 49)
44 - 52
(28 - 33)
11 - 15
(7 - 10)
3.357
Full throttle
61 - 65
(38 - 41)
97 - 105
(61 - 66)
153 - 163
(95 - 102)
236 - 246
(147 - 153)
232 - 242
(144 - 151)
143 - 153
(89 - 95)
87 - 95
(54 - 59)
43 - 47
(27 - 30)
Half throttle
46 - 50
(28 - 31)
72 - 80
(45 - 50)
98 - 108
(61 - 67)
117 - 127
(73 - 79)
95 - 105
(59 - 66)
59 - 69
(37 - 43)
38 - 46
(24 - 29)
11 - 15
(7 - 10)
Final
gear
ratio
Throttle position
Vehicle speed km/h (MPH)
Lock-up ON Lock-up OFF
2.937
Closed throttle 74 - 82 (46 - 51) 71 - 79 (45 - 49)
Half throttle 188 - 196 (117 - 122) 136 - 144 (85 - 90)
3.357
Closed throttle 65 - 73 (41 - 46) 62 - 70 (39 - 44)
Half throttle 168 - 176 (105 - 110) 118 - 126 (74 - 79)
Final
gear
ratio
Throttle position Gear position
Vehicle speed km/h (MPH)
Slip lock-up ON Slip lock-up OFF
2.937 Closed throttle
4th 52 - 60 (33 - 38) 49 - 57 (31 - 36)
5th 52 - 60 (33 - 38) 49 - 57 (31 - 36)
3.357 Closed throttle
4th 46 - 54 (29 - 34) 43 - 51 (27 - 32)
5th 46 - 54 (29 - 34) 43 - 51 (27 - 32)
AT-64
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
Symptom Chart ECS00AWV
G The diagnostics item numbers show the sequence for inspection. Inspect in order from item 1.
G Overhaul and inspect inside the A/T only if A/T fluid condition is NG. Refer to AT-53, "Fluid Condi-
tion Check" .
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
Reference
page
1
Shift
Shock
Large shock. (N
D position)
Refer to AT-189,
"Large Shock (N to
D Position)" .
ON vehicle
1. Engine idle speed EC-76
2. Engine speed signal AT-115
3. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-125
4. Control cable adjustment AT-238
5. ATF temperature sensor AT-128
6. ATF pressure switch 1 and front brake solenoid valve
AT-166,
AT-146
7. CAN communication line AT-98
8. Fluid level and state AT-53
9. Line pressure test AT-54
10. Control valve with TCM AT-250
OFF vehicle
11. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible
to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-16 , AT-17
.)
AT-283
2
Shock is too large
when changing D1
D2 , 11 22 or M1
M2 .
ON vehicle
1. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-125
2. Control cable adjustment AT-238
3. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve
AT-170,
AT-150
4. CAN communication line AT-98
5. Engine speed signal AT-115
6. Turbine revolution sensor AT-133
7. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-110,
AT-135
8. Fluid level and state AT-53
9. Control valve with TCM AT-250
OFF vehicle 10. Direct clutch AT-317
3
Shock is too large
when changing D2
D3 , 22 33 or M2
M3 .
ON vehicle
1. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-125
2. Control cable adjustment AT-238
3. ATF pressure switch 6, high and low reverse clutch sole-
noid valve
AT-172,
AT-154
4. CAN communication line AT-98
5. Engine speed signal AT-115
6. Turbine revolution sensor AT-133
7. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-110,
AT-135
8. Fluid level and state AT-53
9. Control valve with TCM AT-250
OFF vehicle 10. High and low reverse clutch AT-315
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
AT-65
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
4
Shift
Shock
Shock is too large
when changing D3
D4 , 33 44 or M3
M4 .
ON vehicle
1. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-125
2. Control cable adjustment AT-238
3. ATF pressure switch 3 and input clutch solenoid valve
AT-168,
AT-142
4. CAN communication line AT-98
5. Engine speed signal AT-115
6. Turbine revolution sensor AT-133
7. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-110,
AT-135
8. Fluid level and state AT-53
9. Control valve with TCM AT-250
OFF vehicle 10. Input clutch AT-305
5
Shock is too large
when changing D4
D5 , 44 D5 or M4
M5 .
ON vehicle
1. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-125
2. Control cable adjustment AT-238
3. ATF pressure switch 1 and front brake solenoid valve
AT-166,
AT-146
4. CAN communication line AT-98
5. Engine speed signal AT-115
6. Turbine revolution sensor AT-133
7. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-110,
AT-135
8. Fluid level and state AT-53
9. Control valve with TCM AT-250
OFF vehicle
10. Front brake (brake band) AT-271
11. Input clutch AT-305
6
Shock is too large for
downshift when accel-
erator pedal is
pressed.
ON vehicle
1. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-125
2. Control cable adjustment AT-238
3. CAN communication line AT-98
4. Engine speed signal AT-115
5. Turbine revolution sensor AT-133
6. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-110,
AT-135
7. Fluid level and state AT-53
8. Control valve with TCM AT-250
OFF vehicle
9. Front brake (brake band) AT-271
10. Input clutch AT-305
11. High and low reverse clutch AT-315
12. Direct clutch AT-317
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
Reference
page
AT-66
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
7
Shift
Shock
Shock is too large for
upshift when acceler-
ator pedal is released.
ON vehicle
1. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-125
2. Control cable adjustment AT-238
3. Engine speed signal AT-115
4. CAN communication line AT-98
5. Turbine revolution sensor AT-133
6. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-110,
AT-135
7. Fluid level and state AT-53
8. Control valve with TCM AT-250
OFF vehicle
9. Front brake (brake band) AT-271
10. Input clutch AT-305
11. High and low reverse clutch AT-315
12. Direct clutch AT-317
8
Shock is too large for
lock-up.
ON vehicle
1. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-125
2. Control cable adjustment AT-238
3. Engine speed signal AT-115
4. CAN communication line AT-98
5. Turbine revolution sensor AT-133
6. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-110,
AT-135
7. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve AT-117
8. Fluid level and state AT-53
9. Control valve with TCM AT-250
OFF vehicle 10. Torque converter AT-283
9
Shock is too large
during engine brake.
ON vehicle
1. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-125
2. Control cable adjustment AT-238
3. CAN communication line AT-98
4. Fluid level and state AT-53
5. Control valve with TCM AT-250
OFF vehicle
6. Front brake (brake band) AT-271
7. Input clutch AT-305
8. High and low reverse clutch AT-315
9. Direct clutch AT-317
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
Reference
page
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
AT-67
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
10
No Up
Shift
Gear does not change
from D1 D2 .
Refer to AT-200, "A/T
Does Not Shift: D1
D2" .
ON vehicle
1. Fluid level and state AT-53
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-110,
AT-135
3. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve
AT-170,
AT-150
4. Line pressure test AT-54
5. CAN communication line AT-98
6. Control valve with TCM AT-250
OFF vehicle 7. Direct clutch AT-317
11
Gear does not change
from D2 D3 .
Refer to AT-202, "A/T
Does Not Shift: D2
D3" .
ON vehicle
1. Fluid level and state AT-53
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-110,
AT-135
3. ATF pressure switch 6, high and low reverse clutch sole-
noid valve
AT-172,
AT-154
4. Line pressure test AT-54
5. CAN communication line AT-98
6. Control valve with TCM AT-250
OFF vehicle 7. High and low reverse clutch AT-315
12
Gear does not change
from D3 D4 .
Refer to AT-204, "A/T
Does Not Shift: D3
D4" .
ON vehicle
1. Fluid level and state AT-53
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-110,
AT-135
3. ATF pressure switch 3 and input clutch solenoid valve
AT-168,
AT-142
4. ATF pressure switch 1 and front brake solenoid valve
AT-166,
AT-146
5. Line pressure test AT-54
6. CAN communication line AT-98
7. Control valve with TCM AT-250
OFF vehicle 8. Input clutch AT-305
13
Gear does not change
from D4 D5 .
Refer to AT-207, "A/T
Does Not Shift: D4
D5" .
ON vehicle
1. Fluid level and state AT-53
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-110,
AT-135
3. ATF pressure switch 1 and front brake solenoid valve
AT-166,
AT-146
4. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve
AT-170,
AT-150
5. Turbine revolution sensor AT-133
6. Line pressure test AT-54
7. CAN communication line AT-98
8. Control valve with TCM AT-250
OFF vehicle
9. Front brake (brake band) AT-283
10. Input clutch AT-305
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
Reference
page
AT-68
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
14
No Down
Shift
In D, 4 or M range,
does not downshift to
4th gear.
Refer to AT-215, "A/T
Does Not Shift: 5th
gear 4th gear
(Floor Shift Models)" .
ON vehicle
1. Fluid level and state AT-53
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-110,
AT-135
3. ATF pressure switch 1 and front brake solenoid valve
AT-166,
AT-146
4. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve
AT-170,
AT-150
5. CAN communication line AT-98
6. Line pressure test AT-54
7. Control valve with TCM AT-250
OFF vehicle
8. Front brake (brake band) AT-283
9. Input clutch AT-305
15
In D, 3 or M range,
does not downshift to
3rd gear.
Refer to AT-220, "A/T
Does Not Shift: 4th
gear 3rd gear
(Floor Shift Models)" .
ON vehicle
1. Fluid level and state AT-53
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-110,
AT-135
3. ATF pressure switch 3 and input clutch solenoid valve
AT-168,
AT-142
4. ATF pressure switch 1 and front brake solenoid valve
AT-166,
AT-146
5. CAN communication line AT-98
6. Line pressure test AT-54
7. Control valve with TCM AT-250
OFF vehicle 8. Input clutch AT-305
16
In D, 2 or M range,
does not downshift to
2nd gear.
Refer to AT-224, "A/T
Does Not Shift: 3rd
gear 2nd gear
(Floor Shift Models)" .
ON vehicle
1. Fluid level and state AT-53
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-110,
AT-135
3. ATF pressure switch 6, high and low reverse clutch sole-
noid valve
AT-172,
AT-154
4. CAN communication line AT-98
5. Line pressure test AT-54
6. Control valve with TCM AT-250
OFF vehicle 7. High and low reverse clutch AT-315
17
In D, 1 or M range,
does not downshift to
1st gear.
Refer to AT-228, "A/T
Does Not Shift: 2nd
gear 1st gear
(Floor Shift Models)" .
ON vehicle
1. Fluid level and state AT-53
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-110,
AT-135
3. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve
AT-170,
AT-150
4. CAN communication line AT-98
5. Line pressure test AT-54
6. Control valve with TCM AT-250
OFF vehicle 7. Direct clutch AT-317
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
Reference
page
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
AT-69
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
18
Slips/Will
Not
engage
When D or M position,
remains in 1st gear.
ON vehicle
1. Fluid level and state AT-53
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-110,
AT-135
3. Direct clutch solenoid valve AT-150
4. Line pressure test AT-54
5. CAN communication line AT-98
6. Control valve with TCM AT-250
OFF vehicle
7. 3rd one-way clutch AT-302
8. 1st one-way clutch AT-310
9. Gear system AT-271
10. Reverse brake AT-283
11. Forward one-way clutch (Parts behind drum support is
impossible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to
AT-16 , AT-17 .)
AT-283
12. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible
to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-16 , AT-17
.)
AT-283
19
When D or M position,
remains in 2nd gear.
ON vehicle
1. Fluid level and state AT-53
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-110 ,
AT-135
3. Low coast brake solenoid valve AT-158
4. Line pressure test AT-54
5. CAN communication line AT-98
6. Control valve with TCM AT-250
OFF vehicle
7. 3rd one-way clutch AT-302
8. Gear system AT-271
9. Direct clutch AT-317
10. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible
to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-16 , AT-17
.)
AT-283
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
Reference
page
AT-70
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
20
Slips/Will
Not
engage
When D or M position,
remains in 3rd gear.
ON vehicle
1. Fluid level and state AT-53
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-110,
AT-135
3. Line pressure test AT-54
4. CAN communication line AT-98
5. Control valve with TCM AT-250
OFF vehicle
6. 3rd one-way clutch AT-302
7. Gear system AT-271
8. High and low reverse clutch AT-315
9. Forward one-way clutch (Parts behind drum support is
impossible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to
AT-16 , AT-17 .)
AT-283
10. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible
to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-16 , AT-17
.)
AT-283
21
When D or M position,
remains in 4th gear.
ON vehicle
1. Fluid level and state AT-53
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-110,
AT-135
3. ATF pressure switch 3 and input clutch solenoid valve
AT-168,
AT-142
4. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve
AT-170,AT-
150
5. ATF pressure switch 6, high and low reverse clutch sole-
noid valve
AT-172,
AT-154
6. Low coast brake solenoid valve AT-158
7. Front brake solenoid valve AT-146
8. Line pressure test AT-54
9. CAN communication line AT-98
10. Control valve with TCM AT-250
OFF vehicle
11. Input clutch AT-305
12. Gear system AT-271
13. High and low reverse clutch AT-315
14. Direct clutch AT-317
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
Reference
page
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
AT-71
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
22
Slips/Will
Not
Engage
When D or M position,
remains in 5th gear.
ON vehicle
1. Fluid level and state AT-53
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-110,
AT-135
3. ATF pressure switch 1 and front brake solenoid valve
AT-166,
AT-146
4. Line pressure test AT-54
5. CAN communication line AT-98
6. Control valve with TCM AT-250
OFF vehicle
7. Front brake (brake band) AT-283
8. Input clutch AT-305
9. Gear system AT-271
10. High and low reverse clutch AT-315
23
Vehicle cannot be
started from D1 .
Refer to AT-197,
"Vehicle Cannot Be
Started From D1" .
ON vehicle
1. Fluid level and state AT-53
2. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-125
3. Line pressure test AT-54
4. CAN communication line AT-98
5. Control valve with TCM AT-250
OFF vehicle
6. Torque converter AT-283
7. Oil pump assembly AT-300
8. 3rd one-way clutch AT-302
9. 1st one-way clutch AT-310
10. Gear system AT-271
11. Reverse brake AT-283
12. Forward one-way clutch (Parts behind drum support is
impossible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to
AT-16 , AT-17 .)
AT-283
13. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible
to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-16 , AT-17
.)
AT-283
24
Does not lock-up.
Refer to AT-209, "A/T
Does Not Perform
Lock-up" .
ON vehicle
1. Fluid level and state AT-53
2. Line pressure test AT-54
3. Engine speed signal AT-115
4. Turbine revolution sensor AT-133
5. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve AT-117
6. CAN communication line AT-98
7. Control valve with TCM AT-250
OFF vehicle
8. Torque converter AT-283
9. Oil pump assembly AT-300
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
Reference
page
AT-72
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
25
Slips/Will
Not
engage
Does not hold lock-up
condition.
Refer to AT-211, "A/T
Does Not Hold Lock-
up Condition" .
ON vehicle
1. Fluid level and state AT-53
2. Line pressure test AT-54
3. Engine speed signal AT-115
4. Turbine revolution sensor AT-133
5. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve AT-117
6. CAN communication line AT-98
7. Control valve with TCM AT-250
OFF vehicle
8. Torque converter AT-283
9. Oil pump assembly AT-300
26
Lock-up is not
released.
Refer to AT-213,
"Lock-up Is Not
Released" .
ON vehicle
1. Fluid level and state AT-53
2. Line pressure test AT-54
3. Engine speed signal AT-115
4. Turbine revolution sensor AT-133
5. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve AT-117
6. CAN communication line AT-98
7. Control valve with TCM AT-250
OFF vehicle
8. Torque converter AT-283
9. Oil pump assembly AT-300
27
No shock at all or the
clutch slips when
vehicle changes
speed D1 D2 , 11
22 or M1 M2 .
ON vehicle
1. Fluid level and state AT-53
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-110,
AT-135
3. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve
AT-170,
AT-150
4. CAN communication line AT-98
5. Line pressure test AT-54
6. Control valve with TCM AT-250
OFF vehicle
7. Torque converter AT-283
8. Oil pump assembly AT-300
9. 3rd one-way clutch AT-302
10. Gear system AT-271
11. Direct clutch AT-317
12. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible
to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-16 , AT-17
.)
AT-283
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
Reference
page
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
AT-73
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
28
Slips/Will
Not
engage
No shock at all or the
clutch slips when
vehicle changes
speed D2 D3 , 22
33 or M2 M3 .
ON vehicle
1. Fluid level and state AT-53
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-110,
AT-135
3. ATF pressure switch 6, high and low reverse clutch sole-
noid valve
AT-172,
AT-154
4. CAN communication line AT-98
5. Line pressure test AT-54
6. Control valve with TCM AT-250
OFF vehicle
7. Torque converter AT-283
8. Oil pump assembly AT-300
9. 3rd one-way clutch AT-302
10. Gear system AT-271
11. High and low reverse clutch AT-315
12. Forward one- way clutch (Parts behind drum support is
impossible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to
AT-16 , AT-17 .)
AT-283
13. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible
to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-16 , AT-17
.)
AT-283
29
No shock at all or the
clutch slips when
vehicle changes
speed D3 D4 , 33
44 or M3 M4 .
ON vehicle
1. Fluid level and state AT-53
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-110,
AT-135
3. ATF pressure switch 3 and input clutch solenoid valve
AT-168,
AT-142
4. ATF pressure switch 1 and front brake solenoid valve
AT-166,
AT-146
5. CAN communication line AT-98
6. Line pressure test AT-54
7. Control valve with TCM AT-250
OFF vehicle
8. Torque converter AT-283
9. Oil pump assembly AT-300
10. Input clutch AT-305
11. Gear system AT-271
12. High and low reverse clutch AT-315
13. Direct clutch AT-317
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
Reference
page
AT-74
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
30
Slips/Will
Not
engage
No shock at all or the
clutch slips when
vehicle changes
speed D4 D5 , 44
D5 or M4 M5 .
ON vehicle
1. Fluid level and state AT-53
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-110,
AT-135
3. ATF pressure switch 1 and front brake solenoid valve
AT-166,
AT-146
4. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve
AT-170,
AT-150
5. CAN communication line AT-98
6. Line pressure test AT-54
7. Control valve with TCM AT-250
OFF vehicle
8. Torque converter AT-283
9. Oil pump assembly AT-300
10. Front brake (brake band) AT-283
11. Input clutch AT-305
12. Gear system AT-271
13. High and low reverse clutch AT-315
31
When you press the
accelerator pedal and
shift speed D5 D4
, D5 44 or M5
M4 the engine
idles or the transmis-
sion slips.
ON vehicle
1. Fluid level and state AT-53
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-110,
AT-135
3. ATF pressure switch 1 and front brake solenoid valve
AT-166,
AT-146
4. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve
AT-170,
AT-150
5. CAN communication line AT-98
6. Line pressure test AT-54
7. Control valve with TCM AT-250
OFF vehicle
8. Torque converter AT-283
9. Oil pump assembly AT-300
10. Input clutch AT-305
11. Gear system AT-271
12. High and low reverse clutch AT-315
13. Direct clutch AT-317
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
Reference
page
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
AT-75
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
32
Slips/Will
Not
engage
When you press the
accelerator pedal and
shift speed D4 D3
, 44 33 or M4
M3 the engine
idles or the transmis-
sion slips.
ON vehicle
1. Fluid level and state AT-53
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-110,
AT-135
3. ATF pressure switch 3 and input clutch solenoid valve
AT-168,
AT-142
4. ATF pressure switch 1 and front brake solenoid valve
AT-166,
AT-146
5. CAN communication line AT-98
6. Line pressure test AT-54
7. Control valve with TCM AT-250
OFF vehicle
8. Torque converter AT-283
9. Oil pump assembly AT-300
10. 3rd one-way clutch AT-302
11. Gear system AT-271
12. High and low reverse clutch AT-315
13. Forward one- way clutch (Parts behind drum support is
impossible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to
AT-16 , AT-17 .)
AT-283
14. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible
to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-16 , AT-17
.)
AT-283
33
When you press the
accelerator pedal and
shift speed D3 D2
, 33 22 or M3
M2 the engine
idles or the transmis-
sion slips.
ON vehicle
1. Fluid level and state AT-53
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-110,
AT-135
3. ATF pressure switch 6, high and low reverse clutch sole-
noid valve
AT-172,
AT-154
4. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve
AT-170,
AT-150
5. CAN communication line AT-98
6. Line pressure test AT-54
7. Control valve with TCM AT-250
OFF vehicle
8. Torque converter AT-283
9. Oil pump assembly AT-300
10. 3rd one-way clutch AT-302
11. Gear system AT-271
12. Direct clutch AT-317
13. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible
to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-16 , AT-17
.)
AT-283
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
Reference
page
AT-76
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
34
Slips/Will
Not
Engage
When you press the
accelerator pedal and
shift speed D2 D1
, 22 11 or M2
M1 the engine
idles or the transmis-
sion slips.
ON vehicle
1. Fluid level and state AT-53
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-110,
AT-135
3. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve
AT-170,
AT-150
4. CAN communication line AT-98
5. Line pressure test AT-54
6. Control valve with TCM AT-250
OFF vehicle
7. Torque converter AT-283
8. Oil pump assembly AT-300
9. 3rd one-way clutch AT-302
10. 1st one-way clutch AT-310
11. Gear system AT-271
12. Reverse brake AT-283
13. Forward one- way clutch (Parts behind drum support is
impossible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to
AT-16 , AT-17 .)
AT-283
14. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible
to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-16 , AT-17
.)
AT-283
35
With selector lever in
D position, accelera-
tion is extremely poor.
ON vehicle
1. Fluid level and state AT-53
2. Line pressure test AT-54
3. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-125
4. CAN communication line AT-98
5. PNP switch AT-106
6. Control cable adjustment AT-238
7. Control valve with TCM AT-250
OFF vehicle
8. Torque converter AT-283
9. Oil pump assembly AT-300
10. 1st one-way clutch AT-310
11. Gear system AT-271
12. Reverse brake AT-283
13. Forward one- way clutch (Parts behind drum support is
impossible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to
AT-16 , AT-17 .)
AT-283
14. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible
to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-16 , AT-17
.)
AT-283
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
Reference
page
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
AT-77
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
36
Slips/Will
Not
Engage
With selector lever in
R position, accelera-
tion is extremely poor.
ON vehicle
1. Fluid level and state AT-53
2. Line pressure test AT-54
3. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-125
4. ATF pressure switch 6, high and low reverse clutch sole-
noid valve
AT-172,
AT-154
5. CAN communication line AT-98
6. PNP switch AT-106
7. Control cable adjustment AT-238
8. Control valve with TCM AT-250
OFF vehicle
9. Gear system AT-271
10. Output shaft AT-283
11. Reverse brake AT-283
37
While starting off by
accelerating in 1st,
engine races or slip-
page occurs.
ON vehicle
1. Fluid level and state AT-53
2. Line pressure test AT-54
3. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-125
4. CAN communication line AT-98
5. Control valve with TCM AT-250
OFF vehicle
6. Torque converter AT-283
7. Oil pump assembly AT-300
8. 3rd one-way clutch AT-302
9. 1st one-way clutch AT-310
10. Gear system AT-271
11. Reverse brake AT-283
12. Forward one- way clutch (Parts behind drum support is
impossible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to
AT-16 , AT-17 .)
AT-283
13. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible
to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-16 , AT-17
.)
AT-283
38
While accelerating in
2nd, engine races or
slippage occurs.
ON vehicle
1. Fluid level and state AT-53
2. Line pressure test AT-54
3. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-125
4. CAN communication line AT-98
5. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve
AT-170,
AT-150
6. Control valve with TCM AT-250
OFF vehicle
7. Torque converter AT-283
8. Oil pump assembly AT-300
9. 3rd one-way clutch AT-302
10. Gear system AT-271
11. Direct clutch AT-317
12. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible
to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-16 , AT-17
.)
AT-283
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
Reference
page
AT-78
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
39
Slips/Will
Not
Engage
While accelerating in
3rd, engine races or
slippage occurs.
ON vehicle
1. Fluid level and state AT-53
2. Line pressure test AT-54
3. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-125
4. CAN communication line AT-98
5. ATF pressure switch 6, high and low reverse clutch sole-
noid valve
AT-172,
AT-154
6. Control valve with TCM AT-250
OFF vehicle
7. Torque converter AT-283
8. Oil pump assembly AT-300
9. 3rd one-way clutch AT-302
10. Gear system AT-271
11. High and low reverse clutch AT-315
12. Forward one- way clutch (Parts behind drum support is
impossible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to
AT-16 , AT-17 .)
AT-283
13. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible
to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-16 , AT-17
.)
AT-283
40
While accelerating in
4th, engine races or
slippage occurs.
ON vehicle
1. Fluid level and state AT-53
2. Line pressure test AT-54
3. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-125
4. CAN communication line AT-98
5. ATF pressure switch 3 and input clutch solenoid valve
AT-168,
AT-142
6. Control valve with TCM AT-250
OFF vehicle
7. Torque converter AT-283
8. Oil pump assembly AT-300
9. Input clutch AT-305
10. Gear system AT-271
11. High and low reverse clutch AT-315
12. Direct clutch AT-317
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
Reference
page
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
AT-79
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
41
Slips/Will
Not
Engage
While accelerating in
5th, engine races or
slippage occurs.
ON vehicle
1. Fluid level and state AT-53
2. Line pressure test AT-54
3. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-125
4. CAN communication line AT-98
5. ATF pressure switch 1 and front brake solenoid valve
AT-166,
AT-146
6. Control valve with TCM AT-250
OFF vehicle
7. Torque converter AT-283
8. Oil pump assembly AT-300
9. Front brake (brake band) AT-283
10. Input clutch AT-305
11. Gear system AT-271
12. High and low reverse clutch AT-315
42 Slips at lock-up.
ON vehicle
1. Fluid level and state AT-53
2. Line pressure test AT-54
3. Engine speed signal AT-115
4. Turbine revolution sensor AT-133
5. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve AT-117
6. CAN communication line AT-98
7. Control valve with TCM AT-250
OFF vehicle
8. Torque converter AT-283
9. Oil pump assembly AT-300
43
No creep at all.
Refer to AT-192,
"Vehicle Does Not
Creep Backward In
R Position" , AT-
195, "Vehicle Does
Not Creep Forward In
D Position"
ON vehicle
1. Fluid level and state AT-53
2. Line pressure test AT-54
3. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-125
4. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve
AT-170,
AT-150
5. PNP switch AT-106
6. CAN communication line AT-98
7. Control cable adjustment AT-238
8. Control valve with TCM AT-250
OFF vehicle
9. Torque converter AT-283
10. Oil pump assembly AT-300
11. 1st one-way clutch AT-310
12. Gear system AT-271
13. Reverse brake AT-283
14. Direct clutch AT-317
15. Forward one- way clutch (Parts behind drum support is
impossible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to
AT-16 , AT-17 .)
AT-283
16. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible
to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-16 , AT-17
.)
AT-283
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
Reference
page
AT-80
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
44
Slips/Will
Not
Engage
Vehicle cannot run in
all positions.
ON vehicle
1. Fluid level and state AT-53
2. Line pressure test AT-54
3. PNP switch AT-106
4. Control cable adjustment AT-238
5. Control valve with TCM AT-250
OFF vehicle
6. Oil pump assembly AT-300
7. Gear system AT-271
8. Output shaft AT-283
45
With selector lever in
D position, driving is
not possible.
ON vehicle
1. Fluid level and state AT-53
2. Line pressure test AT-54
3. PNP switch AT-106
4. Control cable adjustment AT-238
5. Control valve with TCM AT-250
OFF vehicle
6. Torque converter AT-283
7. Oil pump assembly AT-300
8. 1st one-way clutch AT-310
9. Gear system AT-271
10. Reverse brake AT-283
11. Forward one- way clutch (Parts behind drum support is
impossible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to
AT-16 , AT-17 .)
AT-283
12. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible
to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-16 , AT-17
.)
AT-283
46
With selector lever in
R position, driving is
not possible.
ON vehicle
1. Fluid level and state AT-53
2. Line pressure test AT-54
3. PNP switch AT-106
4. Control cable adjustment AT-238
5. Control valve with TCM AT-250
OFF vehicle
6. Gear system AT-271
7. Output shaft AT-283
8. Reverse brake AT-283
47 Others
Shift point is high in D
position.
ON vehicle
1. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-110,
AT-135
2. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-125
3. CAN communication line AT-98
4. ATF temperature sensor AT-128
5. Control valve with TCM AT-250
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
Reference
page
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
AT-81
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
48
Others
Shift point is low in D
position.
ON vehicle
1. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-110,
AT-135
2. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-125
3. CAN communication line AT-98
4. Control valve with TCM AT-250
49
Judder occurs during
lock-up.
ON vehicle
1. Fluid level and state AT-53
2. Engine speed signal AT-115
3. Turbine revolution sensor AT-133
4. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-110,
AT-135
5. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-125
6. CAN communication line AT-98
7. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve AT-117
8. Control valve with TCM AT-250
OFF vehicle 9. Torque converter AT-283
50
Strange noise in R
position.
ON vehicle
1. Fluid level and state AT-53
2. Engine speed signal AT-115
3. CAN communication line AT-98
4. Control valve with TCM AT-250
OFF vehicle
5. Torque converter AT-283
6. Oil pump assembly AT-300
7. Gear system AT-271
8. High and low reverse clutch AT-315
9. Reverse brake AT-283
51
Strange noise in N
position.
ON vehicle
1. Fluid level and state AT-53
2. Engine speed signal AT-115
3. CAN communication line AT-98
4. Control valve with TCM AT-250
OFF vehicle
5. Torque converter AT-283
6. Oil pump assembly AT-300
7. Gear system AT-271
52
Strange noise in D
position.
ON vehicle
1. Fluid level and state AT-53
2. Engine speed signal AT-115
3. CAN communication line AT-98
4. Control valve with TCM AT-250
OFF vehicle
5. Torque converter AT-283
6. Oil pump assembly AT-300
7. Gear system AT-271
8. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible
to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-16 , AT-17
.)
AT-283
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
Reference
page
AT-82
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
53
Others
Vehicle dose not
decelerate by engine
brake.
Refer to AT-233,
"Vehicle Does Not
Decelerate By Engine
Brake" .
ON vehicle
1. PNP switch AT-106
2. Fluid level and state AT-53
3. Control cable adjustment AT-238
4. 1st position switch AT-233
5. ATF pressure switch 5 AT-170
6. CAN communication line AT-98
7. Control valve with TCM AT-250
OFF vehicle
8. Input clutch AT-305
9. High and low reverse clutch AT-315
10. Direct clutch AT-317
54
Engine brake does
not operate in 2
position.
ON vehicle
1. PNP switch AT-106
2. Fluid level and state AT-53
3. Control cable adjustment AT-238
5. ATF pressure switch 6 AT-172
6. CAN communication line AT-98
7. Control valve with TCM AT-250
OFF vehicle
8. Front brake (brake band) AT-283
9. Input clutch AT-305
10. High and low reverse clutch AT-315
55
Engine brake does
not operate in 1
position.
ON vehicle
1. PNP switch AT-106
2. Fluid level and state AT-53
3. Control cable adjustment AT-238
4. 1st position switch AT-233
5. ATF pressure switch 5 AT-170
6. CAN communication line AT-98
7. Control valve with TCM AT-250
OFF vehicle
8. Input clutch AT-305
9. High and low reverse clutch AT-315
10. Direct clutch AT-317
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
Reference
page
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
AT-83
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
56
Others
Maximum speed low.
ON vehicle
1. Fluid level and state AT-53
2. Line pressure test AT-54
3. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-125
4. CAN communication line AT-98
5. Direct clutch solenoid valve AT-150
6. Control valve with TCM AT-250
OFF vehicle
7. Torque converter AT-283
8. Oil pump assembly AT-300
9. Input clutch AT-305
10. Gear system AT-271
11. High and low reverse clutch AT-315
12. Direct clutch AT-317
13. Forward one- way clutch (Parts behind drum support is
impossible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to
AT-16 , AT-17 .)
AT-283
14 Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible
to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-16 , AT-17
.)
AT-283
57
Extremely large
creep.
ON vehicle
1. Engine idle speed EC-76
2. CAN communication line AT-98
3. ATF pressure switch 5 AT-170
OFF vehicle 4. Torque converter AT-283
58
With selector lever in
P position, vehicle
does not enter parking
condition or, with
selector lever in
another position, park-
ing condition is not
cancelled.
Refer to AT-187, "In
P Position, Vehicle
Moves When Pushed"
.
ON vehicle
1. PNP switch AT-106
2. Control cable adjustment AT-238
OFF vehicle 3. Parking pawl components AT-271
59
Vehicle runs with
transmission in P
position.
ON vehicle
1. PNP switch AT-106
2. Fluid level and state AT-53
3. Control cable adjustment AT-238
4. Control valve with TCM AT-250
5. Parking pawl components AT-271
OFF vehicle 6. Gear system AT-271
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
Reference
page
AT-84
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
60
Others
Vehicle runs with
transmission in N
position.
Refer to AT-188, "In
N Position, Vehicle
Moves" .
ON vehicle
1. PNP switch AT-106
2. Fluid level and state AT-53
3. Control cable adjustment AT-238
4. Control valve with TCM AT-250
OFF vehicle
5. Input clutch AT-305
6. Gear system AT-271
7. Direct clutch AT-317
8. Reverse brake AT-283
9. Forward one- way clutch (Parts behind drum support is
impossible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to
AT-16 , AT-17 .)
AT-283
10. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible
to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-16 , AT-17
.)
AT-283
61
Engine does not start
in N or P position.
Refer to AT-186,
"Engine Cannot Be
Started In P or N
Position" .
ON vehicle
1. Ignition switch and starter
PG-4, SC-
10
2. Control cable adjustment AT-238
3. PNP switch AT-106
62
Engine starts in posi-
tions other than N or
P.
ON vehicle
1. Ignition switch and starter
PG-4, SC-
10
2. Control cable adjustment AT-238
3. PNP switch AT-106
63 Engine stall.
ON vehicle
1. Fluid level and state AT-53
2. Engine speed signal AT-115
3. Turbine revolution sensor AT-133
4. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve AT-117
5. CAN communication line AT-98
6. Control valve with TCM AT-250
OFF vehicle 7. Torque converter AT-283
64
Engine stalls when
select lever shifted N
D, R.
ON vehicle
1. Fluid level and state AT-53
2. Engine speed signal AT-115
3. Turbine revolution sensor AT-133
4. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve AT-117
5. CAN communication line AT-98
6. Control valve with TCM AT-250
OFF vehicle 7. Torque converter AT-283
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
Reference
page
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
AT-85
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values ECS00AWW
A/T ASSEMBLY HARNESS CONNECTOR TERMINAL LAYOUT
TCM INSPECTION TABLE
Data are reference value and are measured between each terminal and ground.
65 Others
Engine speed does
not return to idle.
Refer to AT-214,
"Engine Speed Does
Not Return To Idle" .
ON vehicle
1. Fluid level and state AT-53
2. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve
AT-170,
AT-150
3. ATF pressure switch 1 and front brake solenoid valve
AT-166,
AT-146
4. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-125
5. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-110,
AT-135
6. CAN communication line AT-98
7. Control valve with TCM AT-250
OFF vehicle
8. Front brake (brake band) AT-283
9. Direct clutch AT-317
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
Reference
page
SCIA1658E
Terminal
No.
Wire
color
Item Condition Data (Approx.)
1 P
Power supply
(Memory back-up)
Always Battery voltage
2 P
Power supply
(Memory back-up)
Always Battery voltage
3 L CAN-H
4 V
K-line (CONSULT-
II signal)
The terminal is connected to the data link connector for CONSULT-II.
5 B Ground Always 0V
6
BR *1
Y/R *2
Power supply
Battery voltage
0V
7 R
Back-up lamp
relay
Selector lever in R position. 0V
Selector lever in other positions. Battery voltage
8 P CAN-L
AT-86
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
*1: Column shift
*2: Floor shift
CONSULT-II FUNCTION (A/T) ECS00CBV
CONSULT-II can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes shown following.
FUNCTION
CONSULT-II REFERENCE VALUE
NOTICE:
1. The CONSULT-II electrically displays shift timing and lock-up timing (that is, operation timing of each sole-
noid).
Check for time difference between actual shift timing and the CONSULT-II display. If the difference is
noticeable, mechanical parts (except solenoids, sensors, etc.) may be malfunctioning. Check mechanical
parts using applicable diagnostic procedures.
2. Shift schedule (which implies gear position) displayed on CONSULT-II and that indicated in Service Man-
ual may differ slightly. This occurs because of the following reasons:
Actual shift schedule has more or less tolerance or allowance,
Shift schedule indicated in Service Manual refers to the point where shifts start, and
Gear position displayed on CONSULT-II indicates the point where shifts are completed.
3. Display of solenoid valves on CONSULT-II changes at the start of shifting, while gear position is displayed
upon completion of shifting (which is computed by TCM).
9 B/R Starter relay
Selector lever in N, P positions. Battery voltage
Selector lever in other positions. 0V
10 B Ground Always 0V
Terminal
No.
Wire
color
Item Condition Data (Approx.)
TCM diagnostic mode Description
WORK SUPPORT
Supports inspections and adjustments. Commands are transmitted to the TCM for setting the status
suitable for required operation, input/output signals are received from the TCM and received data is
displayed.
SELF-DIAG RESULTS Displays TCM self-diagnosis results.
DATA MONITOR Displays TCM input/output data in real time.
CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR The result of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read.
ACTIVE TEST Operation of electrical loads can be checked by sending drive signal to them.
FUNCTION TEST
Conducted by CONSULT-II instead of a technician to determine whether each system is OK or
NG.
ECU PART NUMBER TCM part number can be read.
Item name Condition Display value (Approx.)
ATF TEMP SE 1
0C (32 F) - 20C (68F) - 80C (176F)
2.2 - 1.8 - 0.6 V
ATF TEMP SE 2 2.2 - 1.7 - 0.45 V
TCC SOLENOID
When perform slip lock-up 0.2 - 0.4 A
When perform lock-up 0.4 - 0.6 A
SLCT LVR POSI
Selector lever in N,P position. N/P
Selector lever in R position. R
Selector lever in D position. D
Selector lever in 4 position. 4
Selector lever in 3 position. 3
Selector lever in 2 position. 2
Selector lever in 1 position. 1
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
AT-87
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
VHCL/S SEA/T During driving
Approximately matches the
speedometer reading.
ENGINE SPEED Engine running
Closely matches the tachometer
reading.
LINE PRES SOL During driving 0.2 - 0.6 A
TURBINE REV During driving (lock-up ON)
Approximately matches the
engine speed.
VHCL/S SEMTR During driving
Approximately matches the
speedometer reading.
ATF PRES SW 1
Front brake engaged. Refer to AT-19 , AT-21 ON
Front brake disengaged. Refer to AT-19 , AT-21 OFF
ATF PRES SW 2
Low coast brake engaged. Refer to AT-19 , AT-21 ON
Low coast brake disengaged. Refer to AT-19 , AT-21 OFF
ATF PRES SW 3
Input clutch engaged. Refer to AT-19 , AT-21 ON
Input clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-19 , AT-21 OFF
ATF PRES SW 5
Direct clutch engaged. Refer to AT-19 , AT-21 ON
Direct clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-19 , AT-21 OFF
ATF PRES SW 6
High and low reverse clutch engaged. Refer to AT-19 ,
AT-21
ON
High and low reverse clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-19 ,
AT-21
OFF
I/C SOLENOID
Input clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-19 , AT-21 0.6 - 0.8 A
Input clutch engaged. Refer to AT-19 , AT-21 0 - 0.05 A
FR/B SOLENOID
Front brake engaged. Refer to AT-19 , AT-21 0.6 - 0.8 A
Front brake disengaged. Refer to AT-19 , AT-21 0 - 0.05 A
D/C SOLENOID
Direct clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-19 , AT-21 0.6 - 0.8 A
Direct clutch engaged. Refer to AT-19 , AT-21 0 - 0.05 A
HLR/C SOL
High and low reverse clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-19 ,
AT-21
0.6 - 0.8 A
High and low reverse clutch engaged. Refer to AT-19 ,
AT-21
0 - 0.05 A
ON OFF SOL
Low coast brake engaged. Refer to AT-19 , AT-21 ON
Low coast brake disengaged. Refer to AT-19 , AT-21 OFF
STARTER RELAY
Selector lever in N,P position. ON
Selector lever in other position. OFF
ACCELE POSI
Released accelerator pedal. 0.0/8
Fully depressed accelerator pedal. 8/8
THROTTLE POSI
Released accelerator pedal. 0.0/8
Fully depressed accelerator pedal. 8/8
CLSD THL POS
Released accelerator pedal. ON
Fully depressed accelerator pedal. OFF
W/O THL POS
Fully depressed accelerator pedal. ON
Released accelerator pedal. OFF
BRAKE SW
Depressed brake pedal. ON
Released brake pedal. OFF
Item name Condition Display value (Approx.)
AT-88
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
CONSULT-II SETTING PROCEDURE
CAUTION:
If CONSULT-II is used with no connection of CONSULT-II CONVERTER, malfunctions might be
detected in self-diagnosis depending on control unit which carry out CAN communication.
G For details, refer to the separate CONSULT-II Operations Man-
ual.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Connect CONSULT-II and CONSULT-II CONVERTER to data
link connector, which is located in instrument lower panel on
driver side.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
4. Touch START (NISSAN BASED VHCL).
5. Touch A/T.
If A/T or ENGINE is not indicated, go to GI-39, "CONSULT-II
Data Link Connector (DLC) Circuit" .
6. Perform each diagnostic test mode according to each service
procedure.
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE
Operation Procedure
After performing SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (WITH CONSULT-II) (Refer to AT-88 ), place check
marks for results on the AT-48, "DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET" . Reference pages are provided following the
items.
1. Perform CONSULT-II SETTING PROCEDURE. Refer to AT-88, "CONSULT-II SETTING PROCEDURE"
.
BDIA0013E
BCIA0029E
BCIA0030E
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
AT-89
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
2. Touch SELF-DIAG RESULTS.
Display shows malfunction experienced since the last erasing
operation.
Display Items List
X: Applicable, : Not applicable
BCIA0031E
Items (CONSULT-II screen terms) Malfunction is detected when...
TCM self-
diagnosis
OBD-II (DTC)
A/T with
CONSULT-II
MIL indicator
lamp*1,
ENGINE with
CONSULT-II or
GST
CAN COMM CIRCUIT G When a malfunction is detected in CAN communications U1000 U1000
STARTER RELAY/CIRC
G If this signal is ON other than in P or N position, this is
judged to be a malfunction.
(And if it is OFF in P or N position, this too is judged to be a
malfunction.)
P0615
TCM G TCM is malfunctioning P0700 P0700
PNP SW/CIRC
G PNP switch 1-4 signals input with impossible pattern
G P position is detected from N position without any other
position being detected in between.
P0705 P0705
VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT (Revolution
sensor)
G Signal from vehicle speed sensor A/T (Revolution sensor)
not input due to cut line or the like
G Unexpected signal input during running
G After ignition switch is turned ON, unexpected signal input
from vehicle speed sensor MTR before the vehicle starts
moving
P0720 P0720
ENGINE SPEED SIG
G TCM does not receive the CAN communication signal from
the ECM.
P0725
TCC SOLENOID/CIRC
G Normal voltage not applied to solenoid due to cut line,
short, or the like
P0740 P0740
A/T TCC S/V FNCTN
G A/T cannot perform lock-up even if electrical circuit is good.
G TCM detects as irregular by comparing difference value
with slip rotation.
P0744 P0744*2
L/PRESS SOL/CIRC
G Normal voltage not applied to solenoid due to cut line,
short, or the like
G TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with
monitor value.
P0745 P0745
TCMRAM G TCM memory (RAM) is malfunctioning. P1702
TCMROM G TCM memory (ROM) is malfunctioning. P1703
TP SEN/CIRC A/T
G TCM does not receive the proper accelerator pedal position
signals (input by CAN communication) from ECM.
P1705
ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC
G During running, the ATF temperature sensor signal voltage
is excessively high or low
P1710 P0710
TURBINE REV S/CIRC
G TCM does not receive the proper voltage signal from the
sensor.
G TCM detects an irregularity only at position of 4th gear for
turbine revolution sensor 2.
P1716 P1716
AT-90
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
VEH SPD SE/CIRMTR
G Signal (CAN communication) from vehicle speed sensor
MTR not input due to cut line or the like
G Unexpected signal input during running
P1721
A/T INTERLOCK
G Except during shift change, the gear position and ATF pres-
sure switch states are monitored and comparative judge-
ment made.
P1730 P1730
A/T 1ST E/BRAKING
G Each ATF pressure switch and solenoid current is moni-
tored and if a pattern is detected having engine braking 1st
gear other than in the M1 or 1 position, a malfunction is
detected.
P1731
I/C SOLENOID/CIRC
G Normal voltage not applied to solenoid due to functional
malfunction, cut line, short, or the like
G TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with
monitor value.
P1752 P1752
I/C SOLENOID FNCTN
G TCM detects that actual gear ratio is irregular, and relation
between gear position and condition of ATF pressure
switch 3 is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal.
(Other than during shift change)
G TCM detects that relation between gear position and condi-
tion of ATF pressure switch 3 is irregular during releasing
accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
P1754 P1754*2
FR/B SOLENOID/CIRC
G Normal voltage not applied to solenoid due to functional
malfunction, cut line, short, or the like
G TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with
monitor value.
P1757 P1757
FR/B SOLENOID FNCT
G TCM detects that actual gear ratio is irregular, and relation
between gear position and condition of ATF pressure
switch 1 is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal.
(Other than during shift change)
G TCM detects that relation between gear position and condi-
tion of ATF pressure switch 1 is irregular during releasing
accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
P1759 P1759*2
D/C SOLENOID/CIRC
G Normal voltage not applied to solenoid due to cut line,
short, or the like
G TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with
monitor value.
P1762 P1762
D/C SOLENOID FNCTN
G TCM detects that actual gear ratio is irregular, and relation
between gear position and condition of ATF pressure
switch 5 is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal.
(Other than during shift change)
G TCM detects that relation between gear position and condi-
tion of ATF pressure switch 5 is irregular during releasing
accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
P1764 P1764*2
HLR/C SOL/CIRC
G Normal voltage not applied to solenoid due to functional
malfunction, cut line, short, or the like
G TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with
monitor value.
P1767 P1767
Items (CONSULT-II screen terms) Malfunction is detected when...
TCM self-
diagnosis
OBD-II (DTC)
A/T with
CONSULT-II
MIL indicator
lamp*1,
ENGINE with
CONSULT-II or
GST
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
AT-91
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
*1: Refer to AT-43, "Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)" .
*2: These malfunctions cannot be displayed MIL if another malfunction is assigned to MIL.
How to Erase Self-diagnostic Results
1. Perform CONSULT-II SETTING PROCEDURE. Refer to AT-
88, "CONSULT-II SETTING PROCEDURE" .
2. Touch SELF-DAIG RESULTS.
HLR/C SOL FNCTN
G TCM detects that actual gear ratio is irregular, and relation
between gear position and condition of ATF pressure
switch 6 is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal.
(Other than during shift change)
G TCM detects that relation between gear position and condi-
tion of ATF pressure switch 6 is irregular during releasing
accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
P1769 P1769*2
LC/B SOLENOID/CIRC
G Normal voltage not applied to solenoid due to functional
malfunction, cut line, short, or the like
P1772 P1772
LC/B SOLENOID FNCT
G TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to oper-
ate the solenoid valve.
G Condition of ATF pressure switch 2 is different from monitor
value, and relation between gear position and actual gear
ratio is irregular.
P1774 P1774*2
MANU MODE SW/CIRC
G When an impossible pattern of switch signals is detected, a
malfunction is detected.
P1815
ATF PRES SW 1/CIRC
G TCM detects that actual gear ratio is normal, and relation
between gear position and condition of ATF pressure
switch 1 is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal.
(Other than during shift change)
P1841
ATF PRES SW 3/CIRC
G TCM detects that actual gear ratio is normal, and relation
between gear position and condition of ATF pressure
switch 3 is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal.
(Other than during shift change)
P1843
ATF PRES SW 5/CIRC
G TCM detects that actual gear ratio is normal, and relation
between gear position and condition of ATF pressure
switch 5 is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal.
(Other than during shift change)
P1845
ATF PRES SW 6/CIRC
G TCM detects that actual gear ratio is normal, and relation
between gear position and condition of ATF pressure
switch 6 is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal.
(Other than during shift change)
P1846
NO DTC IS DETECTED FUR-
THER TESTING MAY BE
REQUIRED
G No NG item has been detected. X X
Items (CONSULT-II screen terms) Malfunction is detected when...
TCM self-
diagnosis
OBD-II (DTC)
A/T with
CONSULT-II
MIL indicator
lamp*1,
ENGINE with
CONSULT-II or
GST
BCIA0031E
AT-92
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
3. Touch ERASE. (The self-diagnostic results will be erased.)
DATA MONITOR MODE
Operation Procedure
1. Perform CONSULT-II SETTING PROCEDURE. Refer to AT-88, "CONSULT-II SETTING PROCEDURE"
.
2. Touch DATA MONITOR.
NOTE:
When malfunction is detected, CONSULT-II performs
REAL-TIME DIAGNOSIS. Also, any malfunction detected
while in this mode will be displayed at real time.
Display Items List
X: Standard, : Not applicable
PCIA0061E
BCIA0031E
Monitored item (Unit)
Monitor Item Selection
Remarks
ECU INPUT
SIGNALS
MAIN SIG-
NALS
SELEC-
TION FROM
MENU
VHCL/S SEA/T (km/h) X X X Revolution sensor
VHCL/S SEMTR (km/h) X X
ACCELE POSI (0.0/8) X X Accelerator pedal position signal
THROTTLE POSI (0.0/8) X X X
Degree of opening for accelerator recog-
nized by the TCM
For fail-safe operation, the specific value
used for control is displayed.
CLSD THL POS (ON-OFF display) X X
Signal input with CAN communications
W/O THL POS (ON-OFF display) X X
BRAKE SW (ON-OFF display) X X Stop lamp switch
GEAR X X
Gear position recognized by the TCM
updated after gear-shifting
ENGINE SPEED (rpm) X X X
TURBINE REV (rpm) X X X
OUTPUT REV (rpm) X X X
GEAR RATIO X X
TC SLIP SPEED (rpm) X X
Difference between engine speed and
torque converter input shaft speed
F SUN GW REV (rpm) X
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
AT-93
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
F CARR GR REV (rpm) X
ATF TEMP SE 1 (V) X X
ATF TEMP SE 2 (V) X X
ATF TEMP 1 (C) X X
ATF TEMP 2 (C) X X
BATTERY VOLT (V) X X
ATF PRES SW 1 (ON-OFF display) X X X (for FR/B solenoid)
ATF PRES SW 2 (ON-OFF display) X X X (for LC/B solenoid)
ATF PRES SW 3 (ON-OFF display) X X X (for I/C solenoid)
ATF PRES SW 5 (ON-OFF display) X X X (for D/C solenoid)
ATF PRES SW 6 (ON-OFF display) X X X (for HLR/C solenoid)
PNP SW 1 (ON-OFF display) X X
PNP SW 2 (ON-OFF display) X X
PNP SW 3 (ON-OFF display) X X
PNP SW 4 (ON-OFF display) X X
1 POSITION SW (ON-OFF display) X X
SLCTLVR POSI X X
Selector lever position is recognized by
the TCM.
For fail-safe operation, the specific value
used for control is displayed.
OD CONT SW (ON-OFF display) X X 4th position switch
POWER SHIFT SW (ON-OFF display) X X Not mounted but displayed.
HOLD SW (ON-OFF display) X X
MANU MODE SW (ON-OFF display) X X
NON M-MODE SW (ON-OFF display) X X
UP SW LEVER (ON-OFF display) X X
DOWN SW LEVER (ON-OFF display) X X
SFT UP ST SW (ON-OFF display) X
Not mounted but displayed.
SFT DWN ST SW (ON-OFF display) X
ASCDOD CUT (ON-OFF display) X
ASCDCRUISE (ON-OFF display) X
ABS SIGNAL (ON-OFF display) X
ACC OD CUT (ON-OFF display) X
ACC SIGNAL (ON-OFF display) X
TCS GR/P KEEP (ON-OFF display) X
TCS SIGNAL 2 (ON-OFF display) X
TCS SIGNAL 1 (ON-OFF display) X
TCC SOLENOID (A) X X
LINE PRES SOL (A) X X
I/C SOLENOID (A) X X
FR/B SOLENOID (A) X X
D/C SOLENOID (A) X X
HLR/C SOL (A) X X
Monitored item (Unit)
Monitor Item Selection
Remarks
ECU INPUT
SIGNALS
MAIN SIG-
NALS
SELEC-
TION FROM
MENU
AT-94
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
ON OFF SOL (ON-OFF display) X LC/B solenoid
TCC SOL MON (A) X
L/P SOL MON (A) X
I/C SL MON (A) X
FR/B SOL MON (A) X
D/C SOL MON (A) X
HLR/C SOL MON (A) X
ONOFF SOL MON (ON-OFF display) X LC/B solenoid
P POSI IND (ON-OFF display) X
R POSI IND (ON-OFF display) X
N POSI IND (ON-OFF display) X
D POSI IND (ON-OFF display) X
4TH POSI IND (ON-OFF display) X
3RD POSI IND (ON-OFF display) X
2ND POSI IND (ON-OFF display) X
1ST POSI IND (ON-OFF display) X
MANU MODE IND (ON-OFF display) X
POWER M LAMP (ON-OFF display) X
F-SAFE IND/L (ON-OFF display) X
ATF WARN LAMP (ON-OFF display) X
BACK-UP LAMP (ON-OFF display) X
STARTER RELAY (ON-OFF display) X
PNP SW3 MON (ON-OFF display) X
C/V CLB ID1 X
C/V CLB ID2 X
C/V CLB ID3 X
UNIT CLB ID1 X
UNIT CLB ID2 X
UNIT CLB ID3 X
TRGT GR RATIO X
TRGT PRES TCC (kPa) X
TRGT PRES L/P (kPa) X
TRGT PRES I/C (kPa) X
TRGT PRES FR/B (kPa) X
TRGT PRES D/C (kPa) X
TRG PRE HLR/C (kPa) X
SHIFT PATTERN X
DRV CST JUDGE X
START RLY MON X
NEXT GR POSI X
SHIFT MODE X
MANU GR POSI X
Monitored item (Unit)
Monitor Item Selection
Remarks
ECU INPUT
SIGNALS
MAIN SIG-
NALS
SELEC-
TION FROM
MENU
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
AT-95
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
DTC WORK SUPPORT MODE
Operation Procedure
1. Perform CONSULT-II SETTING PROCEDURE. Refer to AT-88, "CONSULT-II SETTING PROCEDURE"
.
2. Touch DTC WORK SUPPORT.
3. Touch select item menu.
4. Touch START.
VEHICLE SPEED (km/h) X X Vehicle speed recognized by the TCM.
Voltage (V) X
Displays the value measured by the volt-
age probe.
Frequency (Hz) X
The value measured by the pulse probe
is displayed.
DUTYHI (high) (%) X
DUTYLOW (low) (%) X
PLS WIDTHHI (ms) X
PLS WIDTHLOW (ms) X
Monitored item (Unit)
Monitor Item Selection
Remarks
ECU INPUT
SIGNALS
MAIN SIG-
NALS
SELEC-
TION FROM
MENU
BCIA0031E
SCIA0512E
SCIA5159E
AT-96
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
5. Perform driving test according to DTC CONFIRMATION PRO-
CEDURE in TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC.
G When testing conditions are satisfied, CONSULT-II screen
changes from OUT OF CONDITION to TESTING.
6. Stop vehicle.
G If NG appears on the screen, malfunction may exist. Go
to Diagnostic Procedure.
SCIA5160E
SCIA5161E
SCIA5164E
SCIA5162E
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
AT-97
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
7. Perform test drive to check gear shift feeling in accordance with
instructions displayed.
8. Touch YES or NO.
9. CONSULT-II procedure is ended.
G If NG appears on the screen, malfunction may exist. Go
to Diagnostic Procedure.
Display Items List
*: Do not use, but displayed.
SCIA5163E
SCIA5162E
DTC work support item Description Check item
I/C SOL FUNCTN CHECK*
FR/B SOL FUNCTN CHECK*
D/C SOL FUNCTN CHECK*
HLR/C SOL FUNCTN CHECK*
LC/B SOL FUNCTN CHECK*
TCC SOL FUNCTN CHECK
Following items for TCC solenoid function (lock-up) can be con-
firmed.
G Self-diagnosis status (whether the diagnosis is being performed
or not)
G Self-diagnosis result (OK or NG)
G TCC solenoid valve
G Hydraulic control circuit
AT-98
DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE PFP:23710
Description ECS00AWY
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent malfunction detection ability.
Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links
with other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are con-
nected with 2 communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission
with less wiring. Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
On Board Diagnosis Logic ECS00AWZ
G This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
G Diagnostic trouble code U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT with CONSULT-II is detected when TCM cannot
communicate to other control units.
Possible Cause ECS00AX0
Harness or connectors
(CAN communication line is open or shorted.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure ECS00AX1
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select DATA MONITOR mode for ENGINE with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and wait for at least 6 seconds.
4. If DTC is detected, go to AT-100, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II.
SAT014K
DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
AT-99
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
Wiring Diagram AT CAN ECS00CBW
BCWA0320E
AT-100
DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
TCM terminals and data are reference value. Measured between each terminal and ground
Diagnostic Procedure ECS00AX2
1. CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and start engine.
2. Select SELF-DIAG RESULTS mode for A/T with CONSULT-
II.
Is any malfunction of the CAN COMM CIRCUIT indicated?
YES >> Print out CONSULT-II screen, GO TO LAN section.
Refer to LAN-5, "Precautions When Using CONSULT-II"
.
NO >> INSPECTION END
Terminal
Wire
Color
Item Condition Data (Approx.)
3 L CAN-H - -
8 P CAN-L - -
PCIA0061E
DTC P0615 START SIGNAL CIRCUIT
AT-101
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
DTC P0615 START SIGNAL CIRCUIT PFP:25230
Description ECS00AX3
G TCM prohibits cranking other than at "P" or "N" position.
CONSULT-II Reference Value ECS00AX4
On Board Diagnosis Logic ECS00AX5
G This is not an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
G Diagnostic trouble code P0615 STARTER RELAY/CIRC with CONSULT-II is detected when park/neutral
(PNP) relay (starter relay) is switched ON other than at P or N position. (Or when switched OFF at
P or N position).
Possible Cause ECS00AX6
G Harness or connectors
[The park/neutral position (PNP) relay (starter relay) and TCM circuit is open or shorted.]
G Park/neutral position (PNP) relay (starter relay)
DTC Confirmation Procedure ECS00AX7
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select DATA MONITOR mode for A/T with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine.
4. Drive vehicle for at least 2 consecutive seconds.
5. If DTC is detected, go to AT-103, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Item name Condition Display value
STARTER RELAY
Selector lever in N,P position. ON
Selector lever in other position. OFF
BCIA0030E
AT-102
DTC P0615 START SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
Wiring Diagram AT STSIG ECS00CBX
BCWA0321E
DTC P0615 START SIGNAL CIRCUIT
AT-103
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
TCM terminals and data are reference value. Measured between each terminal and ground.
Diagnostic Procedure ECS00CBY
1. CHECK STARTER RELAY
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select SELECTION FROM MENU in DATA MONITOR mode
for A/T with CONSULT-II and check monitor STARTER
RELAY ON/OFF.
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Check voltage between the IPDM E/R connector and ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN A/T ASSEMBLY HARNESS CONNECTOR AND IPDM E/R CONNEC-
TOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/T assembly harness connector and IPDM E/R connector.
3. Check continuity between A/T assembly harness connector and
IPDM E/R connector.
4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
5. Reinstall any part removed.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Terminal
Wire
color
Item Condition Data (Approx.)
9 B/R Starter relay
Selector lever in N and P positions. Battery voltage
Selector lever in other positions. 0V
Item name Condition Display value
STARTER RELAY
Selector lever in N and P positions. ON
Selector lever in other positions. OFF
Item Connector
Terminal
(Wirer color)
Shift position Voltage (Approx.)
Starter
relay
E122
48
(B/R)
Ground
N and P Battery voltage
R and D 0V
PCIA0056E
LCIA0320E
Item Connector
Terminal
(Wire color)
Continuity
A/T assembly harness con-
nector
F9 9 (B/R)
Yes
IPDM E/R connector E122 48 (B/R)
LCIA0388E
AT-104
DTC P0615 START SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
3. CHECK TERMINAL CORD ASSEMBLY
1. Remove control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-250, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature
Sensor 2" .
2. Disconnect A/T assembly harness connector and TCM connector.
3. Check continuity between A/T assembly harness connector ter-
minal and TCM connector terminal.
4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
5. Reinstall any part removed.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground and short to power in harness or connectors.
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items:
G Starter relay, Refer to SC-10, "STARTING SYSTEM" .
G IPDM E/R, Refer to PG-16, "IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE
ROOM)" .
OK or NG
OK >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-250, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid
Temperature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
5. CHECK DTC
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
G Refer to AT-101, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.
Item Connector
Terminal
(Wire color)
Continuity
A/T assembly harness con-
nector
F9 9 (G)
Yes
TCM connector F502 8 (G)
SCIA5440E
DTC P0700 TCM
AT-105
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
DTC P0700 TCM PFP:31036
Description ECS00AX9
The TCM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal input and output and for power supply. The
TCM controls the A/T.
On Board Diagnosis Logic ECS00AXA
G This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
G Diagnostic trouble code P0700 TCM with CONSULT-II is detected when the TCM is malfunctioning.
Possible Cause ECS00AXB
TCM.
DTC Confirmation Procedure ECS00AXC
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select DATA MONITOR mode for A/T with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine.
4. Run engine for at least 2 consecutive seconds at idle speed.
5. If DTC is detected, go to AT-105, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II.
Diagnostic Procedure ECS00AXD
1. CHECK DTC
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select SELF DIAG RESULTS mode for A/T with CONSULT-
II.
3. Touch ERASE.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Perform DTC confirmation procedure, AT-105, "DTC Confirma-
tion Procedure" .
Is the TCM displayed again?
YES >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-250,
"CONTROL VALVE WITH TCM REMOVAL AND
INSTALLATION" .
NO >> INSPECTION END
BCIA0030E
BCIA0031E
AT-106
DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH PFP:32006
Description ECS00AXE
G The park/neutral position (PNP) switch includes a transmission position switch.
G The transmission range switch detects the selector lever position and sends a signal to the TCM.
CONSULT-II Reference Value ECS00AXF
On Board Diagnosis Logic ECS00AXG
G This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
G Diagnostic trouble code P0705 PNP SW/CIRC with CONSULT-II is detected under the following condi-
tions.
When TCM does not receive the correct voltage signal from the PNP switch 1, 2, 3, 4 based on the gear
position.
When no other position but P position is detected from N positions.
Possible Cause ECS00AXH
G Harness or connectors
[The park/neutral position (PNP) switch 1, 2, 3, 4 and TCM circuit is open or shorted.]
G Park/neutral position (PNP) switch 1, 2, 3, 4
DTC Confirmation Procedure ECS00AXI
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select DATA MONITOR mode for ENGINE with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine.
4. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 2
consecutive seconds.
THRTL POS SEN: More than 1.2V
5. If DTC is detected, go to AT-108, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II.
Item name Condition Display value
SLCTLVR POSI
Selector lever in N,P positions. N/P
Selector lever in R position. R
Selector lever in D position. D
Selector lever in 4 position. 4
Selector lever in 3 position. 3
Selector lever in 2 position. 2
Selector lever in 1 position. 1
BCIA0030E
DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
AT-107
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
Wiring Diagram AT PNP/SW ECS00CBZ
BCWA0334E
AT-108
DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
Diagnostic Procedure ECS00CC0
1. CHECK PNP SW CIRCUIT
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select SELECTION FROM MENU in DATA MONITOR mode
for A/T with CONSULT-II.
3. Check if correct selector lever position (N/P, R or D) is displayed
as selector lever is moved into each position.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-174, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items:
G A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Item name Condition Display value
SLCTLVR POSI
Selector lever in "N", "P" positions. N/P
Selector lever in "R" position. R
Selector lever in "D" position. D
Selector lever in "4" position. 4
Selector lever in "3" position. 3
Selector lever in "2" position. 2
Selector lever in "1" position. 1
PCIA0034E
DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
AT-109
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
4. CHECK SUB-HARNESS
1. Remove control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-250, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature
Sensor 2" .
2. Disconnect park/neutral position switch connector and TCM connector.
3. Check continuity between park/neutral position switch connector
terminals and TCM connector terminals.
4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
5. Reinstall any part removed.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-250, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid
Temperature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Replace open circuit or short to ground and short to power in harness or connectors.
5. CHECK DTC
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
G Refer to AT-106, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.
Item Connector
Terminal
(Wire color)
Continuity
Park/neutral position switch
connector
F505 1 (BR)
Yes
TCM connector F503 13 (BR)
Park/neutral position switch
connector
F505 2 (W)
Yes
TCM connector F503 11 (W)
Park/neutral position switch
connector
F505 3 (GR)
Yes
TCM connector F503 12 (GR)
Park/neutral position switch
connector
F505 5 (L)
Yes
TCM connector F503 14 (L)
SCIA5457E
AT-110
DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR) PFP:32702
Description ECS00AXK
The revolution sensor detects the revolution of the idler gear parking pawl lock gear and emits a pulse signal.
The pulse signal is sent to the TCM which converts it into vehicle speed.
CONSULT-II Reference Value ECS00AXL
On Board Diagnosis Logic ECS00AXM
G This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
G Diagnostic trouble code P0720 VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT with CONSULT-II is detected under the following
conditions.
When TCM does not receive the proper voltage signal from the sensor.
After ignition switch is turned ON, irregular signal input from vehicle speed sensor MTR before the vehi-
cle starts moving.
Possible Cause ECS00AXN
G Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
G Revolution sensor
G Vehicle speed sensor MTR
DTC Confirmation Procedure ECS00AXO
CAUTION:
G Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
G Be careful not to rev engine into the red zone on the tachometer.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select DATA MONITOR mode for A/T with CONSULT-II.
3. Drive vehicle and check for an increase of VHCL/S SEA/T
value in response to VHCL/S SEMTR value.
If the check result is NG, go to AT-113, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If the check result is OK, go to following step.
4. Select DATA MONITOR mode for ENGINE with CONSULT-II.
5. Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least 5
consecutive seconds.
VHCL SPEED SE: 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more
THRTL POS SEN: More than 1.0/8
Selector lever: D position
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test.
If the check result is NG, go to AT-113, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If the check result is OK, go to following step.
6. Maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds.
ENGINE SPEED: 3,500 rpm or more
THRTL POS SEN: More than 1.0/8
Selector lever: D position
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test.
If the check result is NG, go to AT-113, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Item name Condition Display value (km/h)
VHCL/S SEA/T During driving Approximately matches the speedometer reading.
BCIA0030E
DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)
AT-111
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
WITH GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II.
AT-112
DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
Wiring Diagram AT VSSA/T ECS00CC1
BCWA0322E
DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)
AT-113
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
Diagnostic Procedure ECS00CC2
1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select ECU INPUT SIGNALS in DATA MONITOR mode for
A/T with CONSULT-II.
3. Start the engine.
4. Read out the value of VHCL/S SEA/T while driving.
Check the value changes according to driving speed.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-174, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items:
G The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Item name Condition Display value (km/h)
VHCL/S SEA/T During driving
Approximately matches
the speedometer reading.
SCIA2148E
AT-114
DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
4. CHECK SUB-HARNESS
1. Remove control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-250, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature
Sensor 2" .
2. Disconnect park/neutral position switch connector and TCM connector.
3. Check continuity between park/neutral position switch connector
terminals and TCM connector terminals.
4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
5. Reinstall any part removed.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace open circuit or short to ground and short to power in harness or connectors.
5. REPLACE THE REVOLUTION SENSOR AND CHECK DTC
1. Replace the revolution sensor. Refer to AT-283, "Disassembly" .
2. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure. Refer to AT-110, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-250, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid
Temperature Sensor 2" .
6. CHECK DTC
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
G Refer to AT-110, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.
Item Connector
Terminal
(Wire color)
Continuity
Park/neutral position switch
connector
F505 8 (Y)
Yes
TCM connector F503 20 (Y)
Park/neutral position switch
connector
F505 9 (R)
Yes
TCM connector F503 17 (R)
Park/neutral position switch
connector
F505 10 (B)
Yes
TCM connector F503 16 (B)
SCIA5458E
DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL
AT-115
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL PFP:24825
Description ECS00AXQ
The engine speed signal is sent from the ECM to the TCM.
CONSULT-II Reference Value ECS00AXR
On Board Diagnosis Logic ECS00AXS
G This is not an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
G Diagnostic trouble code P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIG with CONSULT-II is detected when TCM does not
receive the ignition signal from ECM during engine cranking or running.
Possible Cause ECS00AXT
Harness or connectors
(The ECM to the TCM circuit is open or shorted.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure ECS00AXU
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select DATA MONITOR mode for
A/T with CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least 10
consecutive seconds.
VHCL SPEED SE: 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more
ACCELE POSI: More than 1/8
Selector lever: D position
3. If DTC is detected, go to AT-115, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Diagnostic Procedure ECS00AXV
1. CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
Perform the self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-88, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
Is a malfunction in the CAN communication indicated in the results?
YES >> Check CAN communication line. Refer to AT-98, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
NO >> GO TO 2.
Item name Condition Display value (rpm)
ENGINE SPEED Engine running Closely matches the tachometer reading.
BCIA0030E
AT-116
DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
2. CHECK DTC WITH TCM
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Select ECU INPUT SIGNALS in DATA MONITOR mode for
A/T with CONSULT-II.
3. While monitoring engine speed, check for engine speed change
corresponding to wide-open throttle position signal.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Check the ignition signal circuit.
G Refer to EC-608, "IGNITION SIGNAL" .
3. CHECK DTC
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
G Refer to AT-115, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 4.
4. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-174, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items:
G The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-250, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid
Temperature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Item name Condition Display value (rpm)
ENGINE SPEED Engine running
Closely matches the
tachometer reading.
PCIA0041E
DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
AT-117
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE PFP:31940
Description ECS00AXW
G The torque converter clutch solenoid valve is activated, with the gear in D4 , D5 by the TCM in response
to signals sent from the vehicle speed sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sen-
sor). Torque converter clutch piston operation will then be controlled.
G Lock-up operation, however, is prohibited when A/T fluid temperature is too low.
G When the accelerator pedal is depressed (less than 1/8) in lock-up condition, the engine speed should not
change abruptly. If there is a big jump in engine speed, there is no lock-up.
CONSULT-II Reference Value ECS00AXX
On Board Diagnosis Logic ECS00AXY
G This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
G Diagnostic trouble code P0740 TCC SOLENOID/CIRC with CONSULT-II is detected under the following
conditions.
When TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to operate the solenoid valve.
When TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with monitor value.
Possible Cause ECS00AXZ
G Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
G Harness or connectors
(The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure ECS00AY0
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select DATA MONITOR mode for ENGINE with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least 5
consecutive seconds.
VHCL SPEED SE: 80 km/h (50 MPH) or more
ACCELE POS: 0.5/8 - 1.0/8
SELECTOR LEVER: D position
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased
engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions
required for this test.
4. If DTC is detected go to AT-118, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II.
Item name Condition Display value (Approx.) (A)
TCC SOLENOID
When performing slip lock-up 0.2 - 0.4
When performing lock-up 0.4 - 0.6
BCIA0030E
AT-118
DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
Diagnostic Procedure ECS00AY1
1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select MAIN SIGNALS in DATA MONITOR mode for A/T
with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine.
4. Read out the value of TCC SOLENOID while driving.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-174, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items:
G The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-250, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid
Temperature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
4. CHECK DTC
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
G Refer to AT-117, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.
Item name Condition Display value (Approx.)
TCC SOLENOID
When performing slip lock-up 0.2 - 0.4 A
When performing lock-up 0.4 - 0.6 A
SCIA4793E
DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK-UP)
AT-119
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK-UP) PFP:31940
Description ECS00AY2
This malfunction is detected when the A/T does not shift into 5th gear position or the torque converter clutch
does not lock-up as instructed by the TCM. This is not only caused by electrical malfunction (circuits open or
shorted) but also by mechanical malfunction such as control valve sticking, improper solenoid valve operation,
etc.
CONSULT-II Reference Value ECS00AY3
On Board Diagnosis Logic ECS00AY4
G This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
G Diagnostic trouble code P0744 A/T TCC S/V FNCTN with CONSULT-II is detected under the following
conditions.
When A/T cannot perform lock-up even if electrical circuit is good.
When TCM detects as irregular by comparing difference value with slip rotation.
Possible Cause ECS00AY5
G Harness or connectors
(The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
G Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
G Hydraulic control circuit
DTC Confirmation Procedure ECS00AY6
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and Select TCC S/V FNCTN CHECK of DTC
WORK SUPPORT mode for A/T with CONSULT-II and touch
START.
2. Accelerate vehicle to more than 80 km/h (50 MPH) and maintain
the following condition continuously until TESTING has turned
to COMPLETE. (It will take approximately 30 seconds after
TESTING shows.)
ACCELE POSI: More than 1.0/8 (at all times during step 4)
TCC SOLENOID: 0.4 - 0.6 A
Selector lever: D position
[Reference speed: Constant speed of more than 80 km/h (50
MPH)]
Make sure GEAR shows 5.
For shift schedule, refer to AT-63, "Vehicle Speed When Performing and Releasing Complete Lock-
up" .
If TESTING does not appear on CONSULT-II for a long time, select SELF-DIAG RESULTS. In
case a 1st trip DTC other than P0744 is shown, refer to applicable TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR
DTC.
3. Make sure that OK is displayed. (If NG is displayed, refer to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE.)
Refer to AT-120, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Refer to shift schedule, AT-63, "Vehicle Speed When Performing and Releasing Complete Lock-up" .
Item name Condition Display value (Approx.) (A)
TCC SOLENOID
When performing slip lock-up 0.2 - 0.4
When performing lock-up 0.4 - 0.6
BCIA0030E
AT-120
DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK-UP)
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
WITH GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II.
Diagnostic Procedure ECS00AY7
1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select MAIN SIGNALS in DATA MONITOR mode for A/T
with CONSULT-II.
3. Start the engine.
4. Read out the value of TCC SOLENOID while driving.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-174, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items:
G The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-250, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid
Temperature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
4. CHECK DTC
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
G Refer to AT-119, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.
Item name Condition Display value (Approx.)
TCC SOLENOID
When performing slip lock-up 0.2 - 0.4 A
When performing lock-up 0.4 - 0.6 A
SCIA4793E
DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE
AT-121
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE PFP:31940
Description ECS00AY8
The line pressure solenoid valve regulates the oil pump discharge pressure to suit the driving condition in
response to a signal sent from the TCM.
The line pressure duty cycle value is not consistent when the closed throttle position signal is ON.
To confirm the line pressure duty cycle at low pressure, the accelerator (throttle) should be open until
the closed throttle position signal is OFF.
CONSULT-II Reference Value ECS00AY9
On Board Diagnosis Logic ECS00AYA
G This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
G Diagnostic trouble code P0745 L/PRESS SOL/CIRC with CONSULT-II is detected under the following
conditions.
When TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to operate the solenoid valve.
When TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with monitor value.
Possible Cause ECS00AYB
G Harness or connectors
(The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
G Line pressure solenoid valve
DTC Confirmation Procedure ECS00AYC
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select DATA MONITOR mode for
ENGINE with CONSULT-II.
2. Engine start and wait at least 5 second.
3. If DTC is detected, go to AT-122, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II.
Item name Condition Display value (Approx.) (A)
LINE PRES SOL During driving 0.2 - 0.6
BCIA0030E
AT-122
DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
Diagnostic Procedure ECS00CC3
1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select MAIN SIGNALS in DATA MONITOR mode for A/T
with CONSULT-II.
3. Start the engine.
4. Read out the value of LINE PRES SOL while driving.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-174, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items:
G The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-250, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid
Temperature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
4. CHECK DTC
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
G Refer to AT-121, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.
Item name Condition Display value (Approx.)
LINE PRES SOL During driving 0.2 - 0.6 A
SCIA4793E
DTC P1702 TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (RAM)
AT-123
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
DTC P1702 TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (RAM) PFP:31036
Description ECS00AYE
The TCM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal input and output and for power supply. The
TCM controls the A/T.
On Board Diagnosis Logic ECS00AYF
G This is not an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
G Diagnostic trouble code P1702 TCMRAM with CONSULT-II is detected when TCM memory RAM is
malfunctioning.
Possible Cause ECS00AYG
TCM.
DTC Confirmation Procedure ECS00AYH
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select DATA MONITOR mode for A/T with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine.
4. Run engine for at least 2 consecutive seconds at idle speed.
5. If DTC is detected, go to AT-123, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Diagnostic Procedure ECS00AYI
1. CHECK DTC
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select SELF-DIAG RESULTS mode for A/T with CONSULT-
II.
3. Touch ERASE.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Perform DTC confirmation procedure, AT-123, "DTC Confirma-
tion Procedure" .
Is the TCMRAM displayed again?
YES >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-250,
"CONTROL VALVE WITH TCM REMOVAL AND
INSTALLATION" .
NO >> INSPECTION END
BCIA0030E
BCIA0031E
AT-124
DTC P1703 TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (ROM)
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
DTC P1703 TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (ROM) PFP:31036
Description ECS00AYJ
The TCM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal input and output and for power supply. The
TCM controls the A/T.
On Board Diagnosis Logic ECS00AYK
G This is not an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
G Diagnostic trouble code P1703 TCMROM with CONSULT-II is detected when TCM memory ROM is
malfunctioning.
Possible Cause ECS00AYL
TCM.
DTC Confirmation Procedure ECS00AYM
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch to ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select DATA MONITOR mode for A/T with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine.
4. Run engine for at least 2 consecutive seconds at idle speed.
5. If DTC is detected, go to AT-124, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Diagnostic Procedure ECS00AYN
1. CHECK DTC
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select SELF-DIAG RESULTS mode for A/T with CONSULT-
II.
3. Touch ERASE.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Perform DTC confirmation procedure, AT-124, "DTC Confirma-
tion Procedure" .
Is the TCMROM displayed again?
YES >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-250,
"CONTROL VALVE WITH TCM REMOVAL AND
INSTALLATION" .
NO >> INSPECTION END
BCIA0030E
BCIA0031E
DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
AT-125
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR PFP:22620
Description ECS00AYO
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, accelerator pedal position sensor, throttle
position sensor, etc. The actuator sends a signal to the ECM, and ECM sends signals to TCM with CAN com-
munication.
CONSULT-II Reference Value ECS00AYP
On Board Diagnosis Logic ECS00AYQ
G This is not an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
G Diagnostic trouble code P1705 TP SEN/CIRC A/T with CONSULT-II is detected when TCM does not
receive the proper accelerator pedal position signals (input by CAN communication) from ECM.
Possible Cause ECS00AYR
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure ECS00AYS
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select DATA MONITOR mode for A/T with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
4. If DTC is detected, go to AT-126, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Item name Condition Display value (Approx.)
ACCELE POSI
Released accelerator pedal. 0.0/8
Fully depressed accelerator pedal. 8/8
THROTTLE POSI
Released accelerator pedal. 0.0/8
Fully depressed accelerator pedal. 8/8
BCIA0030E
AT-126
DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
Diagnostic Procedure ECS00CC4
1. CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
Perform the self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-88, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
Is a malfunction in the CAN communication indicated in the results?
YES >> Check CAN communication line. Refer to AT-98, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
NO >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK DTC WITH TCM
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select ECU INPUT SIGNALS in DATA MONITOR mode for
A/T with CONSULT-II.
3. Depress accelerator pedal and read out the value of ACCELE
POSI and THROTTLE POSI.
4. Select SELF-DIAG RESULTS mode for A/T with CONSULT-II. Refer to AT-88, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
RESULT MODE" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK DTC WITH ECM
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select SELF-DIAG RESULTS mode for ENGINE with CON-
SULT-II. Refer to EC-131, "SELF-DIAG RESULTS MODE" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Check the DTC detected item. Refer to EC-131, "SELF-
DIAG RESULTS MODE" .
G If CAN communication line is detected, go to AT-98,
"DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
4. CHECK DTC
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
G Refer to AT-125, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 5.
Item name Condition
Display value
(Approx.)
ACCELE POSI
Released accelerator pedal. 0.0/8
Fully depressed accelerator pedal. 8/8
THROTTLE POSI
Released accelerator pedal. 0.0/8
Fully depressed accelerator pedal. 8/8
PCIA0070E
BCIA0030E
DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
AT-127
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
5. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-174, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items:
G The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-250, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid
Temperature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
AT-128
DTC P1710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
DTC P1710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT PFP:31940
Description ECS00AYU
The A/T fluid temperature sensor detects the A/T fluid temperature and sends a signal to the TCM.
CONSULT-II Reference Value ECS00AYV
On Board Diagnosis Logic ECS00AYW
G This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
G Diagnostic trouble code ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC with CONSULT-II is detected when TCM receives an
excessively low or high voltage from the sensor.
Possible Cause ECS00AYX
G Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
G A/T fluid temperature sensors 1, 2
DTC Confirmation Procedure ECS00AYY
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select DATA MONITOR mode for ENGINE with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least 10
minutes (Total). (It is not necessary to maintain continuously.)
VHCL SPEED SE: 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more
THRTL POS SEN: More than 1.0/8
Selector lever: D position
4. If DTC is detected, go to AT-130, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II.
Item name Condition C (F) Display value (Approx.) V
ATF TEMP SE 1
0 (32) - 20 (68) - 80 (176)
2.2 - 1.8 - 0.6
ATF TEMP SE 2 2.2 - 1.7 - 0.45
BCIA0030E
DTC P1710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
AT-129
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
Wiring Diagram AT FTS ECS00CC5
BCWA0323E
AT-130
DTC P1710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
Diagnostic Procedure ECS00CC6
1. CHECK A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 SIGNAL
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Select ECU INPUT SIGNALS in DATA MONITOR mode for
A/T with CONSULT-II.
3. Read out the value of ATF TEMP SE 1.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> GO TO 3.
2. CHECK A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2 SIGNAL
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Select ECU INPUT SIGNALS in DATA MONITOR mode for
A/T with CONSULT-II.
3. Read out the value of ATF TEMP SE 2.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 5.
3. CHECK A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1
Check A/T fluid temperature sensor 1. Refer to AT-132, "A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-250, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid
Temperature Sensor 2" .
4. CHECK SUB-HARNESS
1. Disconnect park/neutral position switch connector and TCM connector.
2. Check continuity between park/neutral position switch connector
terminals and TCM connector terminals.
3. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace open circuit or short to ground and short to power in harness or connectors.
Item name Condition C (F) Display value (Approx.)
ATF TEMP SE 1 0 (32) - 20 (68) - 80 (176) 2.2 - 1.8 - 0.6 V
PCIA0039E
Item name Condition C (F) Display value (Approx.)
ATF TEMP SE 2 0 (32) - 20 (68) - 80 (176) 2.2 - 1.7 - 0.45 V
PCIA0039E
Item Connector
Terminal
(Wire color)
Continuity
Park/neutral position switch
connector
F505 6 (G)
Yes
TCM connector F503 19 (G)
Park/neutral position switch
connector
F505 7 (O)
Yes
TCM connector F503 18 (O)
SCIA5461E
DTC P1710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
AT-131
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
5. CHECK A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2
Check A/T fluid temperature sensor 2. Refer to AT-132, "A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace the A/T fluid temperature sensor 2. Refer to AT-258, "A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SEN-
SOR 2 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION" .
6. CHECK TERMINAL CORD ASSEMBLY
1. Disconnect A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 connector and TCM connector.
2. Check continuity between A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 con-
nector terminals and TCM connector terminals.
3. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace open circuit or short to ground and short to power in harness or connectors.
7. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-174, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND
CIRCUIT" .
2. Reinstall any part removed.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-250, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid
Temperature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
8. CHECK DTC
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
G Refer to AT-128, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 1.
Item Connector
Terminal
(Wire color)
Continuity
A/T fluid temperature sen-
sor 2 connector
F507 1 (W/Y)
Yes
TCM connector F502 3 (W/Y)
A/T fluid temperature sen-
sor 2 connector
F507 2 (W/R)
Yes
TCM connector F502 5 (W/R)
SCIA5462E
AT-132
DTC P1710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
Component Inspection ECS00CC7
A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1
1. Remove control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-250, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature
Sensor 2" .
2. Check resistance between terminals.
3. If NG, replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-250,
"Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2
1. Remove A/T fluid temperature sensor 2. Refer to AT-258, "A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION" .
2. Check resistance between terminals.
3. If NG, replace the A/T fluid temperature sensor 2. Refer to AT-
258, "A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2 REMOVAL AND
INSTALLATION" .
Name Terminal
Temperature C
(F)
Resistance
(Approx.) (k)
A/T fluid temperature
sensor 1
6 - 7
0 (32) 15
20 (68) 6.5
80 (176) 0.9
SCIA5463E
Name Terminal
Temperature C
(F)
Resistance
(Approx.) (k)
A/T fluid temperature
sensor 2
1 - 2
0 (32) 10
20 (68) 4
80 (176) 0.5
SCIA5271E
DTC P1716 TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR
AT-133
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
DTC P1716 TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR PFP:31935
Description ECS00AZ1
The turbine revolution sensor detects input shaft rpm (revolutions per minute). It is located on the input side of
the automatic transmission. Monitors revolution of sensor 1 and sensor 2 for non-standard conditions.
CONSULT-II Reference Value ECS00AZ2
On Board Diagnosis Logic ECS00AZ3
G This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
G Diagnostic trouble code P1716 TURBINE REV S/CIRC with CONSULT-II is detected under the following
conditions.
When TCM does not receive the proper voltage signal from the sensor.
When TCM detects an irregularity only at position of 4th gear for turbine revolution sensor 2.
Possible Cause ECS00AZ4
G Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
G Turbine revolution sensor 1, 2
DTC Confirmation Procedure ECS00AZ5
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select DATA MONITOR mode for A/T with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least 5
consecutive seconds.
VHCL SPEED SE: 40 km/h (25 MPH) or more
ENGINE SPEED: 1,500 rpm or more
ACCELE POS: 0.5/8 or more
Selector lever: D position
Gear position (Turbine revolution sensor 1): 4th or 5th posi-
tion
Gear position (Turbine revolution sensor 2): All position
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased
engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions required for this test.
4. If DTC is detected, go to AT-134, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II.
Item name Condition Display value (rpm)
TURBINE REV During driving (lock-up ON) Approximately matches the engine speed.
BCIA0030E
AT-134
DTC P1716 TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
Diagnostic Procedure ECS00CC8
1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Select ECU INPUT SIGNALS in DATA MONITOR mode for
A/T with CONSULT-II.
3. Vehicle start and read out the value of TURBINE REV.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-174, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items:
G The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-250, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid
Temperature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
4. CHECK DTC
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
G Refer to AT-133, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.
Item name Condition Display value (rpm)
TURBINE REV During driving (lock-up ON)
Approximately matches
the engine speed.
PCIA0041E
DTC P1721 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR
AT-135
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
DTC P1721 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR PFP:24814
Description ECS00AZ7
The vehicle speed sensorMTR signal is transmitted from combination meter to TCM by CAN communication
line. The signal functions as an auxiliary device to the revolution sensor when it is malfunctioning. The TCM
will then use the vehicle speed sensorMTR signal.
CONSULT-II Reference Value ECS00AZ8
On Board Diagnosis Logic ECS00AZ9
G This is not an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
G Diagnostic trouble code P1721 VHE SPD SEMTR with CONSULT-II is detected when TCM does not
receive the proper vehicle speed sensor MTR signal (input by CAN communication) from combination
meter.
Possible Cause ECS00AZA
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure ECS00AZB
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select DATA MONITOR mode for A/T with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least 5
consecutive seconds.
ACCELE POS: 1/8 or less
VHCL SPEED SE: 30 km/h (17 MPH) or more
4. If DTC is detected, go to AT-136, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Item name Condition Display value (km/h)
VHCL/S SEMTR During driving Approximately matches the speedometer reading.
BCIA0030E
AT-136
DTC P1721 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
Diagnostic Procedure ECS00CC9
1. CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
Perform the self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-88, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
Is malfunction in the CAN communication indicated in the result?
YES >> Check CAN communication line. Refer to AT-98, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
NO >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Select ECU INPUT SIGNALS in DATA MONITOR mode for
A/T with CONSULT-II.
3. Drive vehicle and read out the value of VHCL/S SEMTR.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK COMBINATION METERS
Check combination meters. Refer to DI-17, "How to Proceed With Trouble Diagnosis" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
4. CHECK DTC
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
G Refer to AT-135, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 5.
5. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-174, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items:
G The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-250, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid
Temperature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Item name Condition Display value (Approx.) (km/h)
VHCL/S SEMTR During driving
Approximately matches the
speedometer reading.
SCIA2148E
DTC P1730 A/T INTERLOCK
AT-137
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
DTC P1730 A/T INTERLOCK PFP:00000
Description ECS00AZD
G Fail-safe function to detect interlock conditions.
On Board Diagnosis Logic ECS00AZE
G This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
G Diagnostic trouble code P1730 A/T INTERLOCK with CONSULT-II is detected when TCM does not
receive the proper voltage signal from the sensor and switch.
G TCM monitors and compares gear position and conditions of each ATF pressure switch when gear is
steady.
Possible Cause ECS00AZF
G Harness or connectors
(The solenoid and switch circuit is open or shorted.)
G Low coast brake solenoid valve
G ATF pressure switch 2
DTC Confirmation Procedure ECS00AZG
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select DATA MONITOR mode for A/T with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine.
4. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 2
consecutive seconds.
Selector lever: D position
5. If DTC is detected, go to AT-138, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II.
Judgement of A/T Interlock ECS00AZH
When A/T Interlock is judged to be malfunctioning, the vehicle should be fixed in 2nd gear, and should be set
in a condition in which it can travel.
When one of the following fastening patterns is detected, the fail-safe function in correspondence with the indi-
vidual pattern should be performed.
BCIA0030E
AT-138
DTC P1730 A/T INTERLOCK
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
A/T INTERLOCK COUPLING PATTERN TABLE
G: NG, X: OK
Diagnostic Procedure ECS00CCA
1. SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT-II
1. Drive vehicle.
2. Stop vehicle and turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select SELF-DIAG RESULTS mode for A/T with CONSULT-
II.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Check low coast brake solenoid valve circuit and function. Refer to AT-158, "DTC P1772 LOW
COAST BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE" ,AT-160, "DTC P1774 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID
VALVE FUNCTION" .
2. CHECK DTC
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
G Refer to AT-137, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-174, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Gear position
ATF pressure switch output
Fail-safe
function
Clutch pressure output pattern after fail-safe func-
tion
SW3
(I/C)
SW6
(HLR/
C)
SW5
(D/C)
SW1
(FR/B)
SW2
(LC/B)
I/C HLR/C D/C FR/B LC/B L/U
A/T interlock
coupling pat-
tern
3rd X X G
Held in
2nd gear
OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF
4th X X G
Held in
2nd gear
OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF
5th X X X G
Held in
2nd gear
OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF
BCIA0031E
DTC P1730 A/T INTERLOCK
AT-139
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items:
G The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-250, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid
Temperature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
AT-140
DTC P1731 A/T 1ST ENGINE BRAKING
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
DTC P1731 A/T 1ST ENGINE BRAKING PFP:00000
Description ECS00AZJ
Fail-safe function to prevent sudden decrease in speed by engine brake other than at 1 or M1 position.
CONSULT-II Reference Value ECS00AZK
On Board Diagnosis Logic ECS00AZL
G This is not an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
G Diagnostic trouble code P1731 A/T 1ST E/BRAKING with CONSULT-II is detected under the following
conditions.
When TCM does not receive the proper voltage signal from the sensor.
When TCM monitors each ATF pressure switch and solenoid monitor value, and detects as irregular when
engine brake of 1st gear acts other than at 1 position.
Possible Cause ECS00AZM
G Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
G Low coast brake solenoid valve
G ATF pressure switch 2
DTC Confirmation Procedure ECS00AZN
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously preformed, always turn ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select DATA MONITOR mode for A/T with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine.
4. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 2
consecutive seconds.
ENGINE SPEED: 1,200 rpm
Selector lever: 1 position
Gear position: 1st gear
5. If DTC is detected, go to AT-141, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Item name Condition Display value
ON OFF SOL
Low coast brake engaged. Refer to AT-19 , AT-21 . ON
Low coast brake disengaged. Refer to AT-19 , AT-21 . OFF
ATF PRES SW 2
Low coast brake engaged. Refer to AT-19 , AT-21 . ON
Low coast brake disengaged. Refer to AT-19 , AT-21 . OFF
BCIA0030E
DTC P1731 A/T 1ST ENGINE BRAKING
AT-141
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
Diagnostic Procedure ECS00AZO
1. CHECK INPUT SIGNALS
With CONSULT-II
1. Start the engine.
2. Select SELECTION FROM MENU in DATA MONITOR mode
for A/T with CONSULT-II.
3. Drive vehicle in the 1 or M position (1st gear), and confirm the
ON/OFF actuation of ATF PRES SW 2 and ON OFF SOL.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-174, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items:
G The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-250, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid
Temperature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
4. CHECK DTC
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
G Refer to AT-140, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.
Item name Condition Display value
ON OFF SOL
Low coast brake engaged. Refer to AT-19 , AT-
21 .
ON
Low coast brake disengaged. Refer to AT-19 ,
AT-21 .
OFF
ATF PRES
SW 2
Low coast brake engaged. Refer to AT-19 , AT-
21 .
ON
Low coast brake disengaged. Refer to AT-19 ,
AT-21 .
OFF
SCIA4670E
AT-142
DTC P1752 INPUT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
DTC P1752 INPUT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE PFP:31940
Description ECS00AZP
Input clutch solenoid valve is controlled by the TCM in response to signals sent from the PNP switch, vehicle
speed sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). Gears will then be shifted to the
optimum position.
CONSULT-II Reference Value ECS00AZQ
On Board Diagnosis Logic ECS00AZR
G This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
G Diagnostic trouble code P1752 I/C SOLENOID/CIRC with CONSULT-II is detected under the following
conditions.
When TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to operate the solenoid valve.
When TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with monitor value.
Possible Cause ECS00AZS
G Harness or connectors
(The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
G Input clutch solenoid valve
DTC Confirmation Procedure ECS00AZT
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select DATA MONITOR mode for A/T with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine.
4. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 5
consecutive seconds.
ACCELE POS: 1.5/8 - 2.0/8
Selector lever: D position
Gear position: 3rd 4th Gear (I/C ON/OFF)
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased
engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions
required for this test.
5. If DTC is detected go to AT-143, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II.
Item name Condition Display value (Approx.) (A)
I/C SOLENOID
Input clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-19 , AT-21 . 0.6 - 0.8
Input clutch engaged. Refer to AT-19 , AT-21 . 0 - 0.05
BCIA0030E
DTC P1752 INPUT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
AT-143
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
Diagnostic Procedure ECS00CCB
1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select MAIN SIGNALS in DATA MONITOR mode for A/T
with CONSULT-II.
3. Start the engine.
4. Read out the value of I/C SOLENOID while driving.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-174, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items:
G The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-250, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid
Temperature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
4. CHECK DTC
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
G Refer to AT-142, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.
Item name Condition
Display value
(Approx.)
I/C SOLENOID
Input clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-19 ,
AT-21 .
0.6 - 0.8 A
Input clutch engaged. Refer to AT-19 ,
AT-21 .
0 - 0.05 A
SCIA4793E
AT-144
DTC P1754 INPUT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
DTC P1754 INPUT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION PFP:31940
Description ECS00AZV
G Input clutch solenoid valve is controlled by the TCM in response to signals sent from the PNP switch, vehi-
cle speed sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). Gears will then be
shifted to the optimum position.
G This is not only caused by electrical malfunction (circuits open or shorted) but also by mechanical mal-
function such as control valve sticking, improper solenoid valve operation.
CONSULT-II Reference Value ECS00AZW
On Board Diagnosis Logic ECS00AZX
G This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
G Diagnostic trouble code P1754 I/C SOLENOID FNCTN with CONSULT-II is detected under the following
conditions.
When TCM detects that actual gear ratio is irregular, and relation between gear position and condition of
pressure switch 3 is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
When TCM detects that relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 3 is irregular
during releasing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
Possible Cause ECS00AZY
G Harness or connectors
(The solenoid and switch circuits are open or shorted.)
G Input clutch solenoid valve
G ATF pressure switch 3
DTC Confirmation Procedure ECS00AZZ
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Accelerate vehicle to maintain the following conditions.
ACCELE POSI: 1.5/8 - 2.0/8
Selector lever: D position
Gear position: 3rd 4th Gear (I/C ON/OFF)
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased
engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions
required for this test.
3. Perform step 2 again.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF, then perform step 1 to 3 again.
5. Check SELF-DIAG RESULTS mode for A/T with CONSULT-
II. If DTC (P1754) is detected, refer to AT-145, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If DTC (P1752) is detected, go to AT-143, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If DTC (P1843) is detected, go to AT-169, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Item name Condition Display value (Approx.) (A)
I/C SOLENOID
Input clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-19 , AT-21 . 0.6 - 0.8
Input clutch engaged. Refer to AT-19 , AT-21 . 0 - 0.05
ATF PRES SW 3
Input clutch engaged. Refer to AT-19 , AT-21 . ON
Input clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-19 , AT-21 . OFF
BCIA0030E
DTC P1754 INPUT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION
AT-145
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
WITH GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II.
Diagnostic Procedure ECS00CCC
1. CHECK INPUT SIGNALS
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Select SELECTION FROM MENU in DATA MONITOR mode
for A/T with CONSULT-II.
3. Drive vehicle in D position (3rd 4th gear), and confirm the
ON/OFF actuation of ATF PRES SW 3 and electrical current
value of I/C SOLENOID.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-174, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items:
G The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-250, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid
Temperature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
4. CHECK DTC
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
G Refer to AT-144, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.
Item name Condition
Display value
(Approx.)
I/C SOLENOID
Input clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-19 ,
AT-21 .
0.6 - 0.8 A
Input clutch engaged. Refer to AT-19 , AT-
21 .
0 - 0.05 A
ATF PRES SW 3
Input clutch engaged. Refer to AT-19 , AT-
21 .
ON
Input clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-19 ,
AT-21 .
OFF
SCIA4795E
AT-146
DTC P1757 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
DTC P1757 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE PFP:31940
Description ECS00B01
Front brake solenoid valve is controlled by the TCM in response to signals sent from the PNP switch, vehicle
speed sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). Gears will then be shifted to the
optimum position.
CONSULT-II Reference Value ECS00B02
On Board Diagnosis Logic ECS00B03
G This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
G Diagnostic trouble code P1757 FR/B SOLENOID/CIRC with CONSULT-II is detected under the following
conditions.
When TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to operate the solenoid valve.
When TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with monitor value.
Possible Cause ECS00B04
G Harness or connectors
(The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
G Front brake solenoid valve
DTC Confirmation Procedure ECS00B05
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select DATA MONITOR mode for A/T with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine.
4. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 5
consecutive seconds.
ACCELE POS: 1.5/8 - 2.0/8
Selector lever: D position
Gear position: 3rd 4th Gear (FR/B ON/OFF)
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased
engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions
required for this test.
5. If DTC is detected go to AT-147, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II.
Item name Condition Display value (Approx.) (A)
FR/B SOLENOID
Front brake engaged. Refer to AT-19 , AT-21 . 0.6 - 0.8
Front brake disengaged. Refer to AT-19 , AT-21 . 0 - 0.05
BCIA0030E
DTC P1757 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE
AT-147
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
Diagnostic Procedure ECS00CCD
1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select MAIN SIGNALS in DATA MONITOR mode for A/T
with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine.
4. Read out the value of FR/B SOLENOID while driving.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-174, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items:
G The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-250, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid
Temperature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
4. CHECK DTC
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
G Refer to AT-146, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.
Item name Condition
Display value
(Approx.)
FR/B SOLENOID
Front brake engaged. Refer to AT-19 ,
AT-21 .
0.6 - 0.8 A
Front brake disengaged. Refer to AT-19 ,
AT-21 .
0 - 0.05 A
SCIA4793E
AT-148
DTC P1759 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
DTC P1759 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION PFP:31940
Description ECS00B07
G Front brake solenoid valve is controlled by the TCM in response to signals sent from the PNP switch, vehi-
cle speed sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). Gears will then be
shifted to the optimum position.
G This is not only caused by electrical malfunction (circuits open or shorted) but also by mechanical mal-
function such as control valve sticking, improper solenoid valve operation.
CONSULT-II Reference Value ECS00B08
On Board Diagnosis Logic ECS00B09
G This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
G Diagnostic trouble code P1759 FR/B SOLENOID FNCT with CONSULT-II is detected under the follow-
ing conditions.
When TCM detects that actual gear ratio is irregular, and relation between gear position and condition of
ATF pressure switch 1 is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
When TCM detects that relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 1 is irregular
during releasing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
Possible Cause ECS00B0A
G Harness or connectors
(The solenoid and switch circuits are open or shorted.)
G Front brake solenoid valve
G ATF pressure switch 1
DTC Confirmation Procedure ECS00B0B
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Accelerate vehicle to maintain the following conditions.
ACCELE POS: 1.5/8 - 2.0/8
Selector lever: D position
Gear position: 3rd 4th Gear (FR/B ON/OFF)
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased
engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions
required for this test.
3. Perform step 2 again.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF, then perform step 1 to 3 again.
5. Check SELF-DIAG RESULTS mode for A/T with CONSULT-
II. If DTC (P1759) is detected, refer to AT-149, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If DTC (P1757) is detected, go to AT-147, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If DTC (P1841) is detected, go to AT-167, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Item name Condition Display value (Approx.) (A)
FR/B SOLENOID
Front brake engaged. Refer to AT-19 , AT-21 . 0.6 - 0.8
Front brake disengaged. Refer to AT-19 , AT-21 . 0 - 0.05
ATF PRES SW 1
Front brake engaged. Refer to AT-19 , AT-21 . ON
Front brake disengaged. Refer to AT-19 , AT-21 . OFF
BCIA0030E
DTC P1759 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION
AT-149
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
WITH GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II.
Diagnostic Procedure ECS00B0C
1. CHECK INPUT SIGNALS
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Select SELECTION FROM MENU in DATA MONITOR mode
for A/T with CONSULT-II.
3. Drive vehicle in the D position (3rd 4th gear), and confirm
the ON/OFF actuation of the ATF PRES SW 1 and electrical
current value of FR/B SOLENOID.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-174, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items:
G The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-250, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid
Temperature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
4. CHECK DTC
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
G Refer to AT-148, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.
Item name Condition
Display value
(Approx.)
FR/B SOLENOID
Front brake engaged. Refer to AT-19 , AT-
21 .
0.6 - 0.8 A
Front brake disengaged. Refer to AT-19 ,
AT-21 .
0 - 0.05 A
ATF PRES SW 1
Front brake engaged. Refer to AT-19 , AT-
21 .
ON
Front brake disengaged. Refer to AT-19 ,
AT-21 .
OFF
SCIA4796E
AT-150
DTC P1762 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
DTC P1762 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE PFP:31940
Description ECS00B0D
Direct clutch solenoid valve is controlled by the TCM in response to signals sent from the PNP switch, vehicle
speed sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). Gears will then be shifted to the
optimum position.
CONSULT-II Reference Value ECS00B0E
On Board Diagnosis Logic ECS00B0F
G This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
G Diagnostic trouble code P1762 D/C SOLENOID/CIRC with CONSULT-II is detected under the following
conditions.
When TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to operate the solenoid valve.
When TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with monitor value.
Possible Cause ECS00B0G
G Harness or connectors
(The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
G Direct clutch solenoid valve
DTC Confirmation Procedure ECS00B0H
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select DATA MONITOR mode for A/T with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine.
4. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 5
consecutive seconds.
ACCELE POS: 1.5/8 - 2.0/8
Selector lever: D position
Gear position: 1st 2nd Gear (D/C ON/OFF)
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased
engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions
required for this test.
5. If DTC is detected, go to AT-151, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II.
Item name Condition Display value (Approx.) (A)
D/C SOLENOID
Direct clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-21 , AT-19 . 0.6 - 0.8
Direct clutch engaged. Refer to AT-21 , AT-19 . 0 - 0.05
BCIA0030E
DTC P1762 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
AT-151
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
Diagnostic Procedure ECS00CCE
1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select MAIN SIGNALS in DATA MONITOR mode for A/T
with CONSULT-II.
3. Start the engine.
4. Read out the value of D/C SOLENOID while driving.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-174, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items:
G The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-250, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid
Temperature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
4. CHECK DTC
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
G Refer to AT-150, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.
Item name Condition
Display value
(Approx.)
D/C SOLENOID
Direct clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-19 ,
AT-21 .
0.6 - 0.8 A
Direct clutch engaged. Refer to AT-19 ,
AT-21 .
0 - 0.05 A
SCIA4793E
AT-152
DTC P1764 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
DTC P1764 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION PFP:31940
Description ECS00B0J
G Direct clutch solenoid valve is controlled by the TCM in response to signals sent from the PNP switch,
vehicle speed sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). Gears will then be
shifted to the optimum position.
G This is not only caused by electrical malfunction (circuits open or shorted) but also by mechanical mal-
function such as control valve sticking, improper solenoid valve operation.
CONSULT-II Reference Value ECS00B0K
On Board Diagnosis Logic ECS00B0L
G This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
G Diagnostic trouble code P1764 D/C SOLENOID FNCTN with CONSULT-II is detected under the follow-
ing conditions.
When TCM detects that actual gear ratio is irregular, and relation between gear position and condition of
ATF pressure switch 5 is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
When TCM detects that relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 5 is irregular
during releasing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
Possible Cause ECS00B0M
G Harness or connectors
(The solenoid and switch circuits are open or shorted.)
G Direct clutch solenoid valve
G ATF pressure switch 5
DTC Confirmation Procedure ECS00B0N
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Accelerate vehicle to maintain the following conditions.
ACCELE POS: 1.5/8 - 2.0/8
Selector lever: D position
Gear position: 1st 2nd Gear (D/C ON/OFF)
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased
engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions
required for this test.
3. Perform step 2 again.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF, then perform step 1 to 3 again.
5. Check SELF-DIAG RESULTS mode for A/T with CONSULT-
II. If DTC (P1764) is detected, refer to AT-153, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If DTC (P1762) is detected, go to AT-151, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If DTC (P1845) is detected, go to AT-171, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II.
Item name Condition Display value (Approx) (A)
D/C SOLENOID
Direct clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-19 , AT-21 . 0.6 - 0.8
Direct clutch engaged. Refer to AT-21 , AT-19 . 0 - 0.05
ATF PRES SW 5
Direct clutch engaged. Refer to AT-19 , AT-21 . ON
Direct clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-21 , AT-19 . OFF
BCIA0030E
DTC P1764 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION
AT-153
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
Diagnostic Procedure ECS00B0O
1. CHECK INPUT SIGNALS
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Select SELECTION FROM MENU in DATA MONITOR mode
for A/T with CONSULT-II.
3. Drive vehicle in the D position (1st 2nd gear), and confirm
the display actuation of the ATF PRES SW 5 and electrical cur-
rent value of D/C SOLENOID.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-174, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items:
G The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-250, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid
Temperature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
4. CHECK DTC
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
G Refer to AT-152, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.
Item name Condition
Display value
(Approx.)
D/C SOLENOID
Direct clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-19 ,
AT-21 .
0.6 - 0.8 A
Direct clutch engaged. Refer to AT-19 ,
AT-21 .
0 - 0.05 A
ATF PRES SW 5
Direct clutch engaged. Refer to AT-19 ,
AT-21 .
ON
Direct clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-19 ,
AT-21 .
OFF
SCIA4797E
AT-154
DTC P1767 HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
DTC P1767 HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE PFP:31940
Description ECS00B0P
High and low reverse clutch solenoid valve is controlled by the TCM in response to signals sent from the PNP
switch, vehicle speed sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). Gears will then
be shifted to the optimum position.
CONSULT-II Reference Value ECS00B0Q
On Board Diagnosis Logic ECS00B0R
G This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
G Diagnostic trouble code P1767 HLR/C SOL/CIRC with CONSULT-II is detected under the following con-
ditions.
When TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to operate the solenoid valve.
When TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with monitor value.
Possible Cause ECS00B0S
G Harness or connectors
(The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
G High and low reverse clutch solenoid valve
DTC Confirmation Procedure ECS00B0T
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select DATA MONITOR mode for A/T with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine.
4. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 5
consecutive seconds.
ACCELE POS: 1.5/8 - 2.0/8
Selector lever: D position
Gear position: 2nd 3rd Gear (HLR/C ON/OFF)
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased
engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions
required for this test.
5. If DTC is detected, go to AT-155, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II.
Item name Condition Display value (Approx.) (A)
HLR/C SOL
High and low reverse clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-21 , AT-19 . 0.6 - 0.8
High and low reverse clutch engaged. Refer to AT-19 , AT-21 . 0 - 0.05
BCIA0030E
DTC P1767 HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
AT-155
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
Diagnostic Procedure ECS00CCF
1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select MAIN SIGNALS in DATA MONITOR mode for A/T
with CONSULT-II.
3. Start the engine.
4. Read out the value of HLR/C SOLENOID while driving.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-174, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items:
G The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-250, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid
Temperature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
4. CHECK DTC
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
G Refer to AT-154, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.
Item name Condition
Display value
(Approx.)
HLR/C SOL
High and low reverse clutch disengaged. Refer
to AT-19 , AT-21 .
0.6 - 0.8 A
High and low reverse clutch engaged. Refer to
AT-19 , AT-21 .
0 - 0.05 A
SCIA4793E
AT-156
DTC P1769 HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
DTC P1769 HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION
PFP:31940
Description ECS00B0V
G High and low reverse clutch solenoid valve is controlled by the TCM in response to signals sent from the
PNP switch, vehicle speed sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). Gears
will then be shifted to the optimum position.
G This is not only caused by electrical malfunction (circuits open or shorted) but also by mechanical mal-
function such as control valve sticking, improper solenoid valve operation.
CONSULT-II Reference Value ECS00B0W
On Board Diagnosis Logic ECS00B0X
G This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
G Diagnostic trouble code P1769 HLR/C SOL FNCTN with CONSULT-II is detected under the following
conditions.
When TCM detects that actual gear ratio is irregular, and relation between gear position and condition of
ATF pressure switch 6 is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
When TCM detects that relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 6 is irregular
during releasing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
Possible Cause ECS00B0Y
G Harness or connectors
(The solenoid and switch circuits are open or shorted.)
G High and low reverse clutch solenoid valve
G ATF pressure switch 6
DTC Confirmation Procedure ECS00B0Z
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Accelerate vehicle to maintain the following conditions.
ACCELE POS: 1.5/8 - 2.0/8
Selector lever: D position
Gear position: 2nd 3rd Gear (HLR/C ON/OFF)
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased
engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions
required for this test.
3. Perform step 2 again.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF, then perform step 1 to 3 again.
5. Check SELF-DIAG RESULTS mode for A/T with CONSULT-
II. If DTC (P1769) is detected, refer to AT-157, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If DTC (P1767) is detected, go to AT-155, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If DTC (P1846) is detected, go to AT-173, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Item name Condition Display value (Approx.) (A)
HLR/C SOL
High and low reverse clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-21 , AT-19 . 0.6 - 0.8
High and low reverse clutch engaged. Refer to AT-21 , AT-19 . 0 - 0.05
ATF PRES SW 6
High and low reverse clutch engaged. Refer to AT-21 , AT-19 . ON
High and low reverse clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-21 , AT-19 . OFF
BCIA0030E
DTC P1769 HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION
AT-157
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
WITH GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II.
Diagnostic Procedure ECS00B10
1. CHECK INPUT SIGNALS
With CONSULT-II
1. Start the engine.
2. Select SELECTION FROM MENU in DATA MONITOR mode
for A/T with CONSULT-II.
3. Drive vehicle in the D position (2nd 3rd gear), and confirm
the ON/OFF actuation of the ATF PRES SW 6 and electrical
current value of HLR/C SOL.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-174, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items:
G The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-250, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid
Temperature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
4. CHECK DTC
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
G Refer to AT-156, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.
Item name Condition
Display value
(Approx.)
HLR/C SOL
High and low reverse clutch disengaged.
Refer to AT-19 , AT-21 .
0.6 - 0.8 A
High and low reverse clutch engaged. Refer
to AT-19 , AT-21 .
0 - 0.05 A
ATF PRES SW 6
High and low reverse clutch engaged. Refer
to AT-19 , AT-21 .
ON
High and low reverse clutch disengaged.
Refer to AT-19 , AT-21 .
OFF
SCIA4798E
AT-158
DTC P1772 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
DTC P1772 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE PFP:31940
Description ECS00B11
Low coast brake solenoid valve is turned ON or OFF by the TCM in response to signals sent from the PNP
switch, vehicle speed sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). Gears will then
be shifted to the optimum position.
CONSULT-II Reference Value ECS00B12
On Board Diagnosis Logic ECS00B13
G This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
G Diagnostic trouble code P1772 LC/B SOLENOID/CIRC with CONSULT-II is detected when TCM detects
an improper voltage drop when it tries to operate the solenoid valve.
Possible Cause ECS00B14
G Harness or connectors
(The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
G Low coast brake solenoid valve
DTC Confirmation Procedure ECS00B15
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select DATA MONITOR mode for ENGINE with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine.
4. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 5
consecutive seconds.
Selector lever: 1 or 2
Gear position: 1st or 2nd gear (LC/B ON/OFF)
5. If DTC is detected, go to AT-159, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II.
Item name Condition Display value
ON OFF SOL
Low coast brake engaged. Refer to AT-21 , AT-19 . ON
Low coast brake disengaged. Refer to AT-21 , AT-19 . OFF
BCIA0030E
DTC P1772 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE
AT-159
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
Diagnostic Procedure ECS00CCG
1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select SELECTION FROM MENU in DATA MONITOR mode
for A/T with CONSULT-II.
3. Start the engine.
4. Read out the value of ON OFF SOL while driving.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-174, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items:
G The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-250, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid
Temperature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
4. CHECK DTC
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
G Refer to AT-158, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.
Item name Condition Display value
ON OFF SOL
Low coast brake engaged. Refer to AT-19 ,
AT-21 .
ON
Low coast brake disengaged. Refer to AT-19 ,
AT-21 .
OFF SCIA4794E
AT-160
DTC P1774 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
DTC P1774 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION PFP:31940
Description ECS00B17
G Low coast brake solenoid valve is turned ON or OFF by the TCM in response to signals sent from the
PNP switch, vehicle speed sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). Gears
will then be shifted to the optimum position.
G This is not only caused by electrical malfunction (circuits open or shorted) but also by mechanical mal-
function such as control valve sticking, improper solenoid valve operation.
CONSULT-II Reference Value ECS00B18
On Board Diagnosis Logic ECS00B19
G This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
G Diagnostic trouble code P1774 LC/B SOLENOID FNCT with CONSULT-II is detected under the following
conditions.
When TCM detects that actual gear ratio is irregular, and relation between gear position and condition of
ATF pressure switch 2 is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
When TCM detects that relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 2 is irregular
during releasing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
Possible Cause ECS00B1A
G Harness or connectors
(The solenoid and switch circuits are open or shorted.)
G Low coast brake solenoid valve
G ATF pressure switch 2
DTC Confirmation Procedure ECS00B1B
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Accelerate vehicle to maintain the following conditions.
Selector lever: 1 or 2 position
Gear position: 1st or 2nd gear (LC/B ON/OFF)
3. Perform step 2 again.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF, then perform step 1 to 3 again.
5. Check SELF-DIAG RESULTS mode for A/T with CONSULT-
II. If DTC (P1774) is detected, refer to AT-161, "Diagnostic Pro-
cedure" .
If DTC (P1772) is detected, go to AT-159, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II.
Item name Condition Display value
ON OFF SOL
Low coast brake engaged. Refer to AT-19 , AT-21 . ON
Low coast brake disengaged. Refer to AT-21 , AT-19 . OFF
ATF PRES SW 2
Low coast brake engaged. Refer to AT-21 , AT-19 . ON
Low coast brake disengaged. Refer to AT-21 , AT-19 . OFF
BCIA0030E
DTC P1774 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION
AT-161
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
Diagnostic Procedure ECS00CCH
1. CHECK INPUT SIGNALS
With CONSULT-II
1. Start the engine.
2. Select SELECTION FROM MENU in DATA MONITOR mode
for A/T with CONSULT-II.
3. Drive vehicle in the 1 or 2 position ("1 " or "2 " gear) or manual
mode (M1-1st or M2-2nd gear), and confirm the ON/OFF
actuation of the ATF PRES SW 2 and ON OFF SOL.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-174, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items:
G The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-250, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid
Temperature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
4. CHECK DTC
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
G Refer to AT-160, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.
Item name Condition Display value
ON OFF SOL
Low coast brake engaged. Refer to AT-19 , AT-
21 .
ON
Low coast brake disengaged. Refer to AT-19 ,
AT-21 .
OFF
ATF PRES SW 2
Low coast brake engaged. Refer to AT-19 , AT-
21 .
ON
Low coast brake disengaged. Refer to AT-19 ,
AT-21 .
OFF
SCIA4794E
AT-162
DTC P1815 MANUAL MODE SWITCH
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
DTC P1815 MANUAL MODE SWITCH PFP:34901
Description ECS00B1D
When an impossible pattern of switch signals is detected, this is judged to be an irregularity.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ECS00B1E
On Board Diagnosis Logic ECS00B1F
G This is not an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
G Diagnostic trouble code MANU MODE SW/CIR with CONSULT-II is detected when TCM monitors Man-
ual mode, Non manual mode, Up or Down switch signal, and detects as irregular when impossible input
pattern occurs 1 second or more.
Possible Cause ECS00B1G
G Harness or connectors
(These switches circuit is open or shorted.)
G Mode select switch (Into control device)
G Position select switch (Into control device)
DTC Confirmation Procedure ECS00B1H
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select DATA MONITOR mode for A/T with CONSULT-II.
3. Move selector lever to M position.
4. Start engine and drive vehicle for at least 2 consecutive sec-
onds.
5. If DTC is detected, go to AT-164, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Monitor Item Condition Reference Value
MANU MODE SW [ON - OFF]
Manual shift gate position (neutral) ON
Other than the above OFF
NON M-MODE SW [ON - OFF]
Manual shift gate position OFF
Other than the above ON
UP SW LEVER [ON - OFF]
Select lever: + side ON
Other than the above OFF
DOWN SW LEVER [ON - OFF]
Select lever: - side ON
Other than the above OFF
BCIA0030E
DTC P1815 MANUAL MODE SWITCH
AT-163
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
Wiring Diagram AT MMSW ECS00B1I
BCWA0339E
AT-164
DTC P1815 MANUAL MODE SWITCH
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
Diagnostic Procedure ECS00B1J
1. CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
Perform the self-diagnosis. Is a malfunction in the CAN communication indicated in the results?
Yes or No
Yes >> Check CAN communication line. Refer to AT-98, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
No >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK MANUAL MODE SWITCH CIRCUIT
Drive vehicle in the manual mode, and confirm that the actual gear position and the meter's indication of the
position mutually coincide when the selector lever is shifted to the + (up) or - (down) side (1st 5th gear).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 3.
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items.
G Manual mode switch. Refer to AT-165, "Component Inspection" .
G Pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
G Open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connector for A/T device (manual mode
switch).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
4. CHECK TCM
Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. Refer to AT-85, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items:
G Power supply and ground circuit for TCM.
G The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace the transmission assembly. Refer to AT-265, "Removal and Installation (4x2)" , AT-268,
"Removal and Installation (4x4)" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
6. CHECK DTC
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
G Refer to AT-162, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 4.
DTC P1815 MANUAL MODE SWITCH
AT-165
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
Component Inspection ECS00B1K
MANUAL MODE SWITCH
Check continuity between terminals.
Position Indicator Lamp ECS00B1L
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CHECK INPUT SIGNALS (WITH CONSULT-II)
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Select MAIN SIGNALS in DATA MONITOR mode for A/T with
CONSULT-II and read out the value of GEAR.
3. Drive vehicle in the manual mode, and confirm that the actual
gear position and the meter's indication of the position mutually
coincide when the select lever is shifted to the + (up) or -
(down) side (1st 5th gear).
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Check the following items.
Position Indicator Lamp Symptom Chart
Item Position
Terminal No.
(Unit side)
Continuity
Manual mode
(select) switch
Manual 2 - 6
Yes
UP switch UP 2 - 4
DOWN switch DOWN 2 - 5
WCIA0245E
PCIA0065E
Items Presumed Location of Trouble
The actual gear position does not change, or shifting into the
manual mode is not possible (no gear shifting in the manual mode
possible).
The position indicator lamp is not indicated.
Manual mode switch
Refer to AT-162, "DTC P1815 MANUAL MODE SWITCH" .
A/T main system (Fail-safe function actuated)
G Refer to AT-88, "CONSULT-II SETTING PROCEDURE" .
The actual gear position changes, but the position indicator lamp
is not indicated.
Perform the self-diagnosis function.
G Refer to AT-88, "CONSULT-II SETTING PROCEDURE" .
The actual gear position and the indication on the position indica-
tor lamp do not coincide.
Perform the self-diagnosis function.
G Refer to AT-88, "CONSULT-II SETTING PROCEDURE" .
Only a specific position or positions is/are not indicated on the
position indicator lamp.
Check the combination meter.
Refer to DI-5, "COMBINATION METERS" .
AT-166
DTC P1841 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 1
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
DTC P1841 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 1 PFP:25240
Description ECS00B1M
Fail-safe function to detect front brake clutch solenoid valve condition.
CONSULT-II Reference Value ECS00B1N
On Board Diagnosis Logic ECS00B1O
G This is not an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
G Diagnostic trouble code P1841 ATF PRES SW 1/CIRC with CONSULT-II is detected when TCM detects
that actual gear ratio is normal, and relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 1
is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
Possible Cause ECS00B1P
G ATF pressure switch 1
G Harness or connectors
(The switch circuit is open or shorted.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure ECS00B1Q
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Accelerate vehicle to maintain the following conditions.
ACCELE POS: 1.5/8 - 2.0/8
Selector lever: D position
Gear position: 3rd 4th Gear (FR/B ON/OFF)
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased
engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions
required for this test.
3. Perform step 2 again.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF, then perform step 1 to 3 again.
5. Check SELF-DIAG RESULTS mode for A/T with CONSULT-
II.
If DTC (P1841) is detected, go to AT-167, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If DTC (P1757) is detected, go to AT-147, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Item name Condition Display value
ATF PRES SW 1
Front brake engaged. Refer to AT-19 , AT-21 . ON
Front brake disengaged. Refer to AT-19 , AT-21 . OFF
BCIA0030E
DTC P1841 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 1
AT-167
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
Diagnostic Procedure ECS00CCI
1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Select ECU INPUT SIGNALS or MAIN SIGNALS in DATA
MONITOR mode for A/T with CONSULT-II.
3. Drive vehicle in the D position (3rd 4th gear), and confirm
the ON/OFF actuation of the ATF PRES SW 1.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-174, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items:
G The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-250, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid
Temperature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
4. CHECK DTC
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
G Refer to AT-166, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.
Item name Condition Display value
ATF PRES SW 1
Front brake engaged. Refer to AT-19 ,
AT-21 .
ON
Front brake disengaged. Refer to AT-19 ,
AT-21 .
OFF
PCIA0067E
AT-168
DTC P1843 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 3
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
DTC P1843 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 3 PFP:25240
Description ECS00B1S
Fail-safe function to detect input clutch solenoid valve condition.
CONSULT-II Reference Value ECS00B1T
On Board Diagnosis Logic ECS00B1U
G This is not an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
G Diagnostic trouble code P1843 ATF PRES SW 3/CIRC with CONSULT-II is detected when TCM detects
that actual gear ratio is normal, and relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 3
is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
Possible Cause ECS00B1V
G ATF pressure switch 3
G Harness or connectors
(The switch circuit is open or shorted.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure ECS00B1W
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Accelerate vehicle to maintain the following conditions.
ACCELE POS: 1.5/8 - 2.0/8
Selector lever: D position
Gear position: 3rd 4th Gear (I/C ON/OFF)
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased
engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions
required for this test.
3. Perform step 2 again.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF, then perform step 1 to 3 again.
5. Check SELF-DIAG RESULTS mode for A/T with CONSULT-
II.
If DTC (P1843) is detected, go to AT-169, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If DTC (P1752) is detected, go to AT-143, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Item name Condition Display value
ATF PRES SW 3
Input clutch engaged. Refer to AT-21 , AT-19 . ON
Input clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-21 , AT-19 . OFF
BCIA0030E
DTC P1843 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 3
AT-169
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
Diagnostic Procedure ECS00CCJ
1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Select ECU INPUT SIGNALS or MAIN SIGNALS in DATA
MONITOR mode for A/T with CONSULT-II.
3. Drive vehicle in the D position (3rd 4th gear), and confirm
the ON/OFF actuation of the ATF PRES SW 3.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-174, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items:
G The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-250, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid
Temperature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
4. CHECK DTC
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
G Refer to AT-168, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.
Item name Condition Display value
ATF PRES SW 3
Input clutch engaged. Refer to AT-19 , AT-
21 .
ON
Input clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-19 ,
AT-21 .
OFF
PCIA0067E
AT-170
DTC P1845 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 5
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
DTC P1845 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 5 PFP:25240
Description ECS00B1Y
Fail-safe function to detect direct clutch solenoid valve condition.
CONSULT-II Reference Value ECS00B1Z
On Board Diagnosis Logic ECS00B20
G This is not an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
G Diagnostic trouble code P1845 ATF PRES SW 5/CIRC with CONSULT-II is detected when TCM detects
that actual gear ratio is normal, and relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 5
is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
Possible Cause ECS00B21
G ATF pressure switch 5
G Harness or connectors
(The switch circuit is open or shorted.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure ECS00B22
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Accelerate vehicle to maintain the following conditions.
ACCELE POS: 1.5/8 - 2.0/8
Selector lever: D position
Gear position: 1st 2nd Gear (D/C ON/OFF)
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased
engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions
required for this test.
3. Perform step 2 again.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF, then perform step 1 to 3 again.
5. Check SELF-DIAG RESULTS mode for A/T with CONSULT-
II.
If DTC (P1845) is detected, go to AT-171, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If DTC (P1762) is detected, go to AT-151, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Item name Condition Display value
ATF PRES SW 5
Direct clutch engaged. Refer to AT-21 , AT-19 . ON
Direct clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-21 , AT-19 . OFF
BCIA0030E
DTC P1845 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 5
AT-171
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
Diagnostic Procedure ECS00CCK
1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Select ECU INPUT SIGNALS or MAIN SIGNALS in DATA
MONITOR mode for A/T with CONSULT-II.
3. Drive vehicle in the D position (1st 2nd gear), and confirm
the ON/OFF actuation of the ATF PRES SW 5.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-174, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items:
G The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-250, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid
Temperature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
4. CHECK DTC
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
G Refer to AT-170, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.
Item name Condition Display value
ATF PRES SW 5
Direct clutch engaged. Refer to AT-19 , AT-
21 .
ON
Direct clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-19 ,
AT-21 .
OFF
PCIA0067E
AT-172
DTC P1846 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 6
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
DTC P1846 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 6 PFP:25240
Description ECS00B24
Fail-safe function to detect high & low reverse clutch solenoid valve condition.
CONSULT-II Reference Value ECS00B25
On Board Diagnosis Logic ECS00B26
G This is not an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
G Diagnostic trouble code P1846 ATF PRES SW 6/CIRC with CONSULT-II is detected when TCM detects
that actual gear ratio is normal, and relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 6
is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
Possible Cause ECS00B27
G ATF pressure switch 6
G Harness or connectors
(The switch circuit is open or shorted.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure ECS00B28
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Accelerate vehicle to maintain the following conditions.
ACCELE POS: 1.5/8 - 2.0/8
Selector lever: D position
Gear position: 2nd 3rd Gear (HLR/C ON/OFF)
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased
engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions
required for this test.
3. Perform step 2 again.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF, then perform step 1 to 3 again.
5. Check SELF-DIAG RESULTS mode for A/T with CONSULT-
II.
If DTC (P1846) is detected, go to AT-173, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If DTC (P1767) is detected, go to AT-155, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Item name Condition Display value
ATF PRES SW 6
High and low reverse clutch engaged. Refer to AT-21 , AT-19 . ON
High and low reverse clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-21 , AT-19 . OFF
BCIA0030E
DTC P1846 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 6
AT-173
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
Diagnostic Procedure ECS00CCL
1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL
With CONSULT-II
1. Start the engine.
2. Select ECU INPUT SIGNALS or MAIN SIGNALS in DATA
MONITOR mode for A/T with CONSULT-II.
3. Drive vehicle in the D position (2nd 3rd gear), and confirm
the ON/OFF actuation of the ATF PRES SW 6.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-174, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items:
G The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-250, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid
Temperature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
4. CHECK DTC
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
G Refer to AT-172, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.
Item name Condition Display value
ATF PRES SW 6
High and low reverse clutch engaged.
Refer to AT-19 , AT-21 .
ON
High and low reverse clutch disengaged
Refer to AT-19 , AT-21 .
OFF
PCIA0067E
AT-174
MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT PFP:00100
Wiring Diagram AT MAIN ECS00CCM
BCWA0382E
MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
AT-175
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
TCM terminals and data are reference value. Measured between each terminal and ground.
*1: Column shift
*2: Floor shift
Diagnostic Procedure ECS00CCN
1. CHECK TCM POWER SOURCE STEP 1
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/T assembly harness connector.
3. Check voltage between A/T assembly harness connector termi-
nals and ground.
*1: Column shift
*2: Floor shift
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> GO TO 3.
Terminal
Wire
color
Item Condition Data (Approx.)
1 P
Power supply
(Memory back-up)
Always Battery voltage
2 P
Power supply
(Memory back-up)
Always Battery voltage
5 B Ground Always 0V
6
BR *1
Y/R *2
Power supply
Battery voltage
0V
10 B Ground Always 0V
Item Connector
Terminal
(Wire color)
Voltage
TCM F9
1 (P) - Ground
Battery voltage
2 (P) - Ground
6 (BR *1 or Y/R *2) -
Ground
0V
SCIA2104E
AT-176
MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
2. CHECK TCM POWER SOURCE STEP 2
1. Disconnect A/T assembly harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
3. Check voltage between A/T assembly harness connector termi-
nals and ground.
*1: Column shift
*2: Floor shift
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items:
G Harness for short or open between battery and A/T assembly harness connector terminals 1, 2
G Harness for short or open between ignition switch and A/T assembly harness connector terminal 6
G 10A fuse [No. 3, 4, located in the fuse block (J/B)] and 10A fuse (No. 49, located in the IPDM E/R)
G Ignition switch, Refer to PG-4, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
4. CHECK TCM GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/T assembly harness connector.
3. Check continuity between A/T assembly harness connector ter-
minals and ground.
If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items:
G The A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Item Connector
Terminal
(Wire color)
Voltage
TCM F44
1 (P) - Ground
Battery voltage
2 (P) - Ground
6 (BR *1 or Y/R *2) -
Ground
SCIA2105E
Continuity should exist.
SCIA2106E
MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
AT-177
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
6. PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-88, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG-1 >> Self-diagnosis does not activate: GO TO 7.
NG-2 >> DTC is displayed: Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-88, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
RESULT MODE" .
7. CHECK TERMINAL CORD ASSEMBLY
1. Remove control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-250, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature
Sensor 2" .
2. Disconnect A/T assembly harness connector and TCM connector.
3. Check continuity between A/T assembly harness connector ter-
minals and TCM connector terminals.
4. Check continuity between A/T assembly harness connector ter-
minals and TCM connector terminals.
5. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-250, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid
Temperature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Replace open circuit or short to ground and short to power in harness or connectors.
Item Connector
Terminal
(Wire color)
Continuity
A/T assembly harness con-
nector
F9 1 (W)
Yes
TCM connector F502 9 (W)
A/T assembly harness con-
nector
F9 2 (GR)
Yes
TCM connector F502 10 (GR)
A/T assembly harness con-
nector
F9 6 (R)
Yes
TCM connector F502 4 (R)
SCIA5464E
Item Connector
Terminal
(Wire color)
Continuity
A/T assembly harness con-
nector
F9 5 (B)
Yes
TCM connector F504 21 (B)
A/T assembly harness con-
nector
F9 10 (Y)
Yes
TCM connector F504 22 (Y)
SCIA5465E
AT-178
TOW MODE SWITCH
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
TOW MODE SWITCH PFP:25129
Description ECS00B2A
When tow mode switch is ON, tow mode switch signals are sent to TCM from combination meter by CAN
communication line.Then it`s a tow mode condition.
TOW MODE SWITCH
AT-179
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
Wiring Diagram AT TMSW ECS00CCS
BCWA0383E
AT-180
TOW MODE SWITCH
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
Diagnostic Procedure ECS00B2B
1. CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
Perform the self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-88, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
Is any malfunction in the CAN communication indicated in the results?
YES >> Check CAN communication line. Refer to AT-98, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
NO >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK POWER SOURCE
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Check the voltage between tow mode switch connector terminal
1 and ground.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK TOW MODE SWITCH
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect tow mode switch connector.
3. Check continuity between tow mode switch terminals 1 and 2.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace tow mode switch.
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts.
G Harness for short or open between combination meter connector terminal 35 and tow mode switch con-
nector terminal 1.
G Harness for short or open between tow mode switch connector terminal 2 and ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
5. CHECK COMBINATION METER
Check the combination meter. Refer to DI-5, "COMBINATION METERS" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Condition
Tow mode
switch
Data (Approx.)
When ignition switch is turned to ON
ON 0V
OFF Battery voltage
SCIA5156E
Condition Continuity
Tow mode switch ON Yes
Tow mode switch OFF No
SCIA5584E
CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION AND WIDE OPEN THROTTLE POSITION CIR-
CUIT
AT-181
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION AND WIDE OPEN THROTTLE POSITION CIR-
CUIT PFP:18002
CONSULT-II Reference Value ECS00B2C
Diagnostic Procedure ECS00B2D
1. CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
Perform the self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-88, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
Is a malfunction in the CAN communication indicated in the results?
YES >> Check CAN communication line. Refer to AT-98, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
NO >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select ECU INPUT SIGNALS in DATA MONITOR mode for
A/T with CONSULT-II.
3. Depress accelerator pedal and read out the value of CLSD THL
POS and W/O THL POS.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Check the following items. If NG, repair or replace damaged parts.
G Perform the self-diagnosis for ENGINE with CONSULT-II.
G Open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
G Pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
Item name Condition Display value
CLSD THL POS
Released accelerator pedal. ON
Fully depressed accelerator pedal. OFF
W/O THL POS
Fully depressed accelerator pedal. ON
Released accelerator pedal. OFF
Accelerator Pedal Operation
Monitor Item
CLSD THL POS W/O THL POS
Released ON OFF
Fully depressed OFF ON
PCIA0070E
AT-182
BRAKE SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
BRAKE SIGNAL CIRCUIT PFP:25320
CONSULT-II Reference Value ECS00B2E
Diagnostic Procedure ECS00B2F
1. CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
Perform the self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-88, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
Is a malfunction in the CAN communication indicated in the results?
YES >> Check CAN communication line. Refer to AT-98, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
NO >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select ECU INPUT SIGNALS in DATA MONITOR mode for
A/T with CONSULT-II.
3. Read out ON/OFF switching action of the BRAKE SW.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
Check continuity between stop lamp switch terminals 1 and 2.
Check stop lamp switch after adjusting brake pedal refer to
BR-6, "BRAKE PEDAL" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Check the following items. If NG, repair or replace dam-
aged parts.
G Harness for short or open between battery and stop lamp switch.
G Harness for short or open between stop lamp switch and combination meter.
Item name Condition Display value
BRAKE SW
Depressed brake pedal. ON
Released brake pedal. OFF
PCIA0070E
Condition Continuity
When brake pedal is depressed Yes
When brake pedal is released No
SCIA2144E
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
AT-183
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS PFP:00007
Wiring Diagram AT NONDTC ECS00CCT
BCWA0411E
AT-184
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
BCWA0326E
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
AT-185
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
BCWA0327E
AT-186
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
TCM terminals and data are reference value. Measured between each terminal and ground.
AT CHECK Indicator Lamp does not come on ECS00B2G
SYMPTOM:
AT CHECK indicator lamp does not come on for about 2 seconds when turning ignition switch to
ON.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
Perform the self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-88, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
Is a malfunction in the CAN communication indicated in the results?
YES >> Check CAN communication line. Refer to AT-98, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
NO >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK A/T CHECK INDICATOR LAMP CIRCUIT
Check the combination meter. Refer to DI-5, "COMBINATION METERS" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
3. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer toAT-174, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Engine Cannot Be Started In P or N Position ECS00B2H
SYMPTOM:
G Engine cannot be started with selector lever in P or N position.
G Engine can be started with selector lever in Dor R position.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis.
Do the self-diagnosis results indicate PNP switch?
Yes >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-106, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION
SWITCH" .
No >> GO TO 2.
Terminal
Wire
color
Item
Condition
Data (Approx.)
3 L CAN-H
4 V
K-line (CONSULT-
II signal)
The terminal is connected to the data link connector for CONSULT-II
7 R Back-up lamp relay
Selector lever in "R" position. 0V
Selector lever in other positions. Battery voltage
8 P CAN-L
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
AT-187
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
2. CHECK CONTROL CABLE
Check the control cable.
G Refer to AT-238, "Checking of A/T Position" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Adjust control cable. Refer to AT-238, "Adjustment of A/
T Position" .
3. CHECK STARTING SYSTEM
Check the starting system. Refer to SC-10, "STARTING SYSTEM" .
OK or NG
OK >> Inspection End.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
In P Position, Vehicle Moves When Pushed ECS00B2I
SYMPTOM:
Even though the selector lever is set in the P position, the parking mechanism is not actuated,
allowing the vehicle to be moved when it is pushed.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CHECK PNP SWITCH CIRCUIT
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-88, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
Do the self-diagnosis results indicate PNP switch?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-106, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION
SWITCH" .
NO >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK CONTROL CABLE
Check the control cable.
G Refer to AT-238, "Checking of A/T Position" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Adjust control cable. Refer to AT-238, "Adjustment of A/
T Position" .
3. CHECK PARKING COMPONENTS
Check parking components. Refer to AT-283, "DISASSEMBLY" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
LCIA0345E
LCIA0345E
AT-188
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
4. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-250, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-53, "Fluid Condition
Check" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged,
repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-64, "Symp-
tom Chart" (Symptom No.58)
In N Position, Vehicle Moves ECS00B2J
SYMPTOM:
Vehicle moves forward or backward when selecting N position.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CHECK PNP SWITCH CIRCUIT
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-88, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
Do the self-diagnostic results indicate PNP switch?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-106, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION
SWITCH" .
NO >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK CONTROL CABLE
Check the control cable.
G Refer to AT-238, "Checking of A/T Position" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Adjust control cable. Refer to AT-238, "Adjustment of A/
T Position" .
3. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Refill ATF.
SCIA5199E
LCIA0345E
SAT638A
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
AT-189
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
4. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-250, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-53, "Fluid Condition
Check" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged,
repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-64, "Symp-
tom Chart" (Symptom No.67).
5. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. Refer to AT-57, "Check at Idle" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 6.
6. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION
1. Perform TCM input/output signals inspection. Refer to AT-85, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Val-
ues" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Large Shock (N to D Position) ECS00B2K
SYMPTOM:
A noticeable shock occurs when the selector lever is shifted from the N to D position.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-88, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
Do the self-diagnostic results indicate A/T fluid temperature sensor, engine speed signal, accelerator pedal
position sensor, ATF pressure switch 1, front brake solenoid valve, CAN communication line?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-128, "DTC P1710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE
SENSOR CIRCUIT" , AT-115, "DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL" ., AT-125, "DTC P1705
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR" , AT-166, "DTC P1841 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 1" , AT-
146, "DTC P1757 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE" , AT-98, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNI-
CATION LINE" .
NO >> GO TO 2.
2. ENGINE IDLE SPEED
Check the engine idle speed. Refer to EC-76, "Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair.
SCIA5199E
AT-190
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
3. CHECK CONTROL CABLE
Check the control cable.
G Refer to AT-238, "Checking of A/T Position" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Adjust control cable. Refer to AT-238, "Adjustment of A/
T Position" .
4. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
Check the A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Refill ATF.
5. CHECK LINE PRESSURE
Check line pressure at idle with selector lever in D position. Refer
to AT-54, "LINE PRESSURE TEST" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG - 1 >> Line pressure high: GO TO 6.
NG - 2 >> Line pressure low: GO TO 7.
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1. Control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-250, "CONTROL VALVE WITH TCM REMOVAL AND INSTALLA-
TION" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-283, "DISASSEMBLY" .
3. Check the following items:
Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-300, "Oil Pump" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
LCIA0345E
SAT638A
SAT494G
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
AT-191
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1. Control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-250, "CONTROL VALVE WITH TCM REMOVAL AND INSTALLA-
TION" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-283, "DISASSEMBLY" .
3. Check the following items:
Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-300, "Oil Pump" .
Power train system. Refer to AT-283, "DISASSEMBLY" .
Transmission case. Refer to AT-283, "DISASSEMBLY" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
8. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-250, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-53, "Fluid Condition
Check" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 9.
9. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
G Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-64,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.1).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
10. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. Refer to AT-57, "Check at Idle" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 11.
11. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION
1. Perform TCM input/output signals inspection. Refer to AT-85, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Val-
ues" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
SCIA5199E
AT-192
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In R Position ECS00B2L
SYMPTOM:
The vehicle does not creep in the R position. Or an extreme lack of acceleration is observed.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-88, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
Do the self-diagnostic results indicate accelerator pedal position sensor, ATF pressure switch 6, high and low
reverse clutch solenoid valve, CAN communication line, PNP switch?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-125, "DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SEN-
SOR" , AT-172, "DTC P1846 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 6" , AT-154, "DTC P1767 HIGH AND
LOW REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE" , AT-98, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION
LINE" , AT-106, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH" .
NO >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK CONTROL CABLE
Check the control cable.
G Refer to AT-238, "Checking of A/T Position" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Adjust control cable. Refer to AT-238, "Adjustment of A/
T Position" .
3. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Refill ATF.
4. CHECK STALL TEST
Check stall revolution with selector lever in 1 and R positions.
Refer to AT-53, "STALL TEST" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
OK in M position, NG in R position>>GO TO 5.
NG in both M and R positions>>GO TO 8.
LCIA0345E
SAT638A
SAT493G
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
AT-193
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-283, "DISASSEMBLY" .
2. Check the following items:
Reverse brake. Refer to AT-283, "DISASSEMBLY" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
6. CHECK LINE PRESSURE
Check the line pressure with the engine idling. Refer to AT-54, "LINE
PRESSURE TEST" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG - 1 >> Line pressure high. GO TO 7.
NG - 2 >> Line pressure low. GO TO 8.
7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1. Control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-250, "CONTROL VALVE WITH TCM REMOVAL AND INSTALLA-
TION" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-283, "DISASSEMBLY" .
3. Check the following items:
Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-300, "Oil Pump" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1. Control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-250, "CONTROL VALVE WITH TCM REMOVAL AND INSTALLA-
TION" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-283, "DISASSEMBLY" .
3. Check the following items:
Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-300, "Oil Pump" .
Power train system. Refer to AT-283, "DISASSEMBLY" .
Transmission case. Refer to AT-283, "DISASSEMBLY" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
SAT494G
AT-194
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
9. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-250, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-53, "Fluid Condition
Check" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 13.
10. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
G Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-64,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.43).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
11. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. Refer to AT-57, "Check at Idle" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 12.
12. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION
1. Perform TCM input/output signals inspection. Refer to AT-85, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Val-
ues" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
13. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
G Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-64,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.43).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
SCIA5199E
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
AT-195
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In D Position ECS00B2M
SYMPTOM:
Vehicle does not creep forward when selecting D position.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-88, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
Do the self-diagnostic results indicate accelerator pedal position sensor, CAN communication line, PNP
switch?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-125, "DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SEN-
SOR" , AT-98, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" , AT-106, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEU-
TRAL POSITION SWITCH" .
NO >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK CONTROL CABLE
Check the control cable.
G Refer to AT-238, "Checking of A/T Position" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Adjust control cable. Refer to AT-238, "Adjustment of A/
T Position" .
3. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Refill ATF.
4. CHECK STALL TEST
Check stall revolution with selector lever in D position. Refer to AT-
53, "STALL TEST" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 7.
LCIA0345E
SAT638A
SAT493G
AT-196
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
5. CHECK LINE PRESSURE
Check line pressure at idle with selector lever in D position. Refer
to AT-54, "LINE PRESSURE TEST" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG - 1 >> Line pressure high. GO TO 6.
NG - 2 >> Line pressure low. GO TO 7.
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1. Control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-250, "CONTROL VALVE WITH TCM REMOVAL AND INSTALLA-
TION" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-283, "DISASSEMBLY" .
3. Check the following items:
Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-300, "Oil Pump" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1. Control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-250, "CONTROL VALVE WITH TCM REMOVAL AND INSTALLA-
TION" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-283, "DISASSEMBLY" .
3. Check the following items:
Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-300, "Oil Pump" .
Power train system. Refer to AT-283, "DISASSEMBLY" .
Transmission case. Refer to AT-283, "DISASSEMBLY" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
8. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-250, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-53, "Fluid Condition
Check" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 12.
SAT494G
SCIA5199E
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
AT-197
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
9. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
G Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-64,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.43).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
10. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. Refer to AT-57, "Check at Idle" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 11.
11. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION
1. Perform TCM input/output signals inspection. Refer to AT-85, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Val-
ues" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
12. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
G Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-64,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.43).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1 ECS00B2N
SYMPTOM:
Vehicle cannot be started from D1 on cruise test - Part 1.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Check if vehicle creeps in R position.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Refer to AT-192, "Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In R Position" .
2. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-88, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnostic results?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system.
NO >> GO TO 3.
AT-198
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
3. CHECK ACCELERATOR POSITION (APP) SENSOR
Check accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor. Refer to AT-125, "DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SEN-
SOR"
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor.
4. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Refill ATF.
5. CHECK LINE PRESSURE
Check line pressure at the engine stall point. Refer to AT-54, "LINE
PRESSURE TEST" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG - 1 >> Line pressure high. GO TO 6.
NG - 2 >> Line pressure low. GO TO 7.
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1. Control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-250, "CONTROL VALVE WITH TCM REMOVAL AND INSTALLA-
TION" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-283, "DISASSEMBLY" .
3. Check the following items:
Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-300, "Oil Pump" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
SAT638A
SAT494G
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
AT-199
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1. Control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-250, "CONTROL VALVE WITH TCM REMOVAL AND INSTALLA-
TION" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-283, "DISASSEMBLY" .
3. Check the following items:
Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-300, "Oil Pump" .
Power train system. Refer to AT-283, "DISASSEMBLY" .
Transmission case. Refer to AT-283, "DISASSEMBLY" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
8. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-250, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-53, "Fluid Condition
Check" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 12.
9. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
G Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-64,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.23).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
10. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. Refer to AT-58, "Cruise Test - Part 1" , AT-60, "Cruise Test - Part 2" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 11.
11. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION
1. Perform TCM input/output signals inspection. Refer to AT-85, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Val-
ues" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
SCIA5199E
AT-200
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
12. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
G Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-64,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.23).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
A/T Does Not Shift: D1 D2 ECS00B2O
SYMPTOM:
The vehicle does not shift-up from the D1 to D2 gear at the specified speed.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Check if vehicle creeps forward in D position and vehicle can be started from D1.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Refer to AT-195, "Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In D Position" , AT-197, "Vehicle Cannot Be
Started From D1" .
2. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-88, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
Do the self-diagnostic results indicate ATF pressure switch 5, direct clutch solenoid valve, accelerator pedal
position sensor, vehicle speed sensor A/T (revolution sensor) and vehicle speed sensor MTR?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-170, "DTC P1845 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 5" ,
AT-150, "DTC P1762 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE" , AT-125, "DTC P1705 THROTTLE
POSITION SENSOR" , AT-110, "DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION
SENSOR)" , AT-135, "DTC P1721 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR" .
NO >> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Refill ATF.
4. CHECK LINE PRESSURE
Check line pressure at the engine stall point. Refer to AT-54, "LINE
PRESSURE TEST" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG - 1 >> Line pressure high. GO TO 5.
NG - 2 >> Line pressure low. GO TO 6.
SAT638A
SAT494G
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
AT-201
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1. Control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-250, "CONTROL VALVE WITH TCM REMOVAL AND INSTALLA-
TION" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-283, "DISASSEMBLY" .
3. Check the following items:
Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-300, "Oil Pump" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1. Control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-250, "CONTROL VALVE WITH TCM REMOVAL AND INSTALLA-
TION" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-283, "DISASSEMBLY" .
3. Check the following items:
Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-300, "Oil Pump" .
Power train system. Refer to AT-283, "DISASSEMBLY" .
Transmission case. Refer to AT-283, "DISASSEMBLY" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
7. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-250, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-53, "Fluid Condition
Check" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 11.
8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
G Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-64,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.10).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
9. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. Refer to AT-58, "Cruise Test - Part 1" , AT-60, "Cruise Test - Part 2" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 10.
SCIA5199E
AT-202
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
10. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION
1. Perform TCM input/output signals inspection. Refer to AT-85, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Val-
ues" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
11. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
G Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-64,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.10).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
A/T Does Not Shift: D2 D3 ECS00B2P
SYMPTOM:
The vehicle does not shift-up from D2 to D3 gear at the specified speed.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Check if vehicle creeps forward in D position and vehicle can be started from D1.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Refer to AT-195, "Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In D Position" , AT-197, "Vehicle Cannot Be
Started From D1" .
2. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-88, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
Do the self-diagnostic results indicate ATF pressure switch 6, high and low reverse clutch solenoid valve,
accelerator pedal position sensor, vehicle speed sensor A/T (revolution sensor) and vehicle speed sensor
MTR?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-172, "DTC P1846 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 6" ,
AT-154, "DTC P1767 HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE" , AT-125, "DTC
P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR" , AT-110, "DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T
(REVOLUTION SENSOR)" , AT-135, "DTC P1721 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR" .
NO >> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Refill ATF.
SAT638A
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
AT-203
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
4. CHECK LINE PRESSURE
Check line pressure at the engine stall point. Refer to AT-54, "LINE
PRESSURE TEST" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG - 1 >> Line pressure high. GO TO 5.
NG - 2 >> Line pressure low. GO TO 6.
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1. Control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-250, "CONTROL VALVE WITH TCM REMOVAL AND INSTALLA-
TION" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-283, "DISASSEMBLY" .
3. Check the following items:
Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-300, "Oil Pump" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1. Control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-250, "CONTROL VALVE WITH TCM REMOVAL AND INSTALLA-
TION" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-283, "DISASSEMBLY" .
3. Check the following items:
Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-300, "Oil Pump" .
Power train system. Refer to AT-283, "DISASSEMBLY" .
Transmission case. Refer to AT-283, "DISASSEMBLY" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
7. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-250, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-53, "Fluid Condition
Check" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 11.
SAT494G
SCIA5199E
AT-204
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
G Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-64,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.11).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
9. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. Refer to AT-58, "Cruise Test - Part 1" , AT-60, "Cruise Test - Part 2" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 10.
10. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION
1. Perform TCM input/output signals inspection. Refer to AT-85, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Val-
ues" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
11. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
G Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-64,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.11).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
A/T Does Not Shift: D3 D4 ECS00B2Q
SYMPTOM:
G The vehicle does not shift-up from the D3 to D4 gear at the specified speed.
G The vehicle does not shift-up from the D3 to D4 gear unless A/T is warmed up.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Check if vehicle creeps forward in D position and vehicle can be started from D1.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Refer to AT-195, "Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In D Position" , AT-197, "Vehicle Cannot Be
Started From D1" .
2. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-88, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
Do the self-diagnostic results indicate ATF pressure switch 1, ATF pressure switch 3, front brake solenoid
valve, input clutch solenoid valve, accelerator pedal position sensor, vehicle speed sensor A/T (revolution sen-
sor) and vehicle speed sensor MTR?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-166, "DTC P1841 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 1" ,
AT-168, "DTC P1843 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 3" , AT-142, "DTC P1752 INPUT CLUTCH
SOLENOID VALVE" , AT-146, "DTC P1757 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE" , AT-125, "DTC
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
AT-205
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR" , AT-110, "DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T
(REVOLUTION SENSOR)" , AT-135, "DTC P1721 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR" .
NO >> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Refill ATF.
4. CHECK LINE PRESSURE
Check line pressure at the engine stall point. Refer to AT-54, "LINE
PRESSURE TEST" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG - 1 >> Line pressure high. GO TO 5.
NG - 2 >> Line pressure low. GO TO 6.
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1. Control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-250, "CONTROL VALVE WITH TCM REMOVAL AND INSTALLA-
TION" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-283, "DISASSEMBLY" .
3. Check the following items:
Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-300, "Oil Pump" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1. Control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-250, "CONTROL VALVE WITH TCM REMOVAL AND INSTALLA-
TION" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-283, "DISASSEMBLY" .
3. Check the following items:
Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-300, "Oil Pump" .
Power train system. Refer to AT-283, "DISASSEMBLY" .
Transmission case. Refer to AT-283, "DISASSEMBLY" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
SAT638A
SAT494G
AT-206
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
7. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-250, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-53, "Fluid Condition
Check" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 11.
8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
G Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-64,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.12).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
9. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. Refer to AT-58, "Cruise Test - Part 1" , AT-60, "Cruise Test - Part 2" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 10.
10. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION
1. Perform TCM input/output signals inspection. Refer to AT-85, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Val-
ues" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
11. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
G Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-64,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.12).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
SCIA5199E
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
AT-207
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
A/T Does Not Shift: D4 D5 ECS00B2R
SYMPTOM:
G The vehicle does not shift-up from the D4 to D5 gear at the specified speed.
G The vehicle does not shift-up from the D4 to D5 gear unless A/T is warmed up.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Check if vehicle creeps forward in D position and vehicle can be started from D1.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Refer to AT-195, "Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In D Position" , AT-197, "Vehicle Cannot Be
Started From D1" .
2. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-88, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
Do the self-diagnostic results indicate ATF pressure switch 1, ATF pressure switch 5, front brake solenoid
valve, direct clutch solenoid valve, accelerator pedal position sensor, turbine revolution sensor, vehicle speed
sensor A/T (revolution sensor) and vehicle speed sensor MTR?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-166, "DTC P1841 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 1" ,
AT-170, "DTC P1845 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 5" , AT-146, "DTC P1757 FRONT BRAKE
SOLENOID VALVE" , AT-150, "DTC P1762 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE" , AT-125,
"DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR" , AT-133, "DTC P1716 TURBINE REVOLUTION
SENSOR" , AT-110, "DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)" ,
AT-135, "DTC P1721 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR" .
NO >> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Refill ATF.
4. CHECK LINE PRESSURE
Check line pressure at the engine stall point. Refer to AT-54, "LINE
PRESSURE TEST" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG - 1 >> Line pressure high. GO TO 5.
NG - 2 >> Line pressure low. GO TO 6.
SAT638A
SAT494G
AT-208
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1. Control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-250, "CONTROL VALVE WITH TCM REMOVAL AND INSTALLA-
TION" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-283, "DISASSEMBLY" .
3. Check the following items:
Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-300, "Oil Pump" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1. Control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-250, "CONTROL VALVE WITH TCM REMOVAL AND INSTALLA-
TION" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-283, "DISASSEMBLY" .
3. Check the following items:
Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-300, "Oil Pump" .
Power train system. Refer to AT-283, "DISASSEMBLY" .
Transmission case. Refer to AT-283, "DISASSEMBLY" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
7. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-250, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-53, "Fluid Condition
Check" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 11.
8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
G Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-64,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.13).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
9. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. Refer to AT-58, "Cruise Test - Part 1" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 10.
SCIA5199E
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
AT-209
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
10. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION
1. Perform TCM input/output signals inspection. Refer to AT-85, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Val-
ues" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
11. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
G Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-64,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.13).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
A/T Does Not Perform Lock-up ECS00B2S
SYMPTOM:
A/T does not perform lock-up at the specified speed.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-88, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
Do the self-diagnostic results indicate torque converter clutch solenoid valve, engine speed signal, turbine rev-
olution sensor, accelerator pedal position sensor, CAN communication?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-117, "DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER
CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE" , AT-115, "DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL" , AT-133, "DTC
P1716 TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR" , AT-125, "DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SEN-
SOR" , AT-98, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
NO >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Refill ATF.
SAT638A
AT-210
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
3. CHECK LINE PRESSURE
Check line pressure at the engine stall point. Refer to AT-54, "LINE
PRESSURE TEST" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG - 1 >> Line pressure high. GO TO 4.
NG - 2 >> Line pressure low. GO TO 5.
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1. Control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-250, "CONTROL VALVE WITH TCM REMOVAL AND INSTALLA-
TION" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-283, "DISASSEMBLY" .
3. Check the following items:
Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-300, "Oil Pump" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1. Control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-250, "CONTROL VALVE WITH TCM REMOVAL AND INSTALLA-
TION" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-283, "DISASSEMBLY" .
3. Check the following items:
Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-300, "Oil Pump" .
Power train system. Refer to AT-283, "DISASSEMBLY" .
Transmission case. Refer to AT-283, "DISASSEMBLY" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
6. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-250, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-53, "Fluid Condition
Check" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 10.
SAT494G
SCIA5199E
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
AT-211
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
G Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-64,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.24).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
8. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. Refer to AT-58, "Cruise Test - Part 1" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 9.
9. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION
1. Perform TCM input/output signals inspection. Refer to AT-85, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Val-
ues" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
10. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
G Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-64,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.24).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
A/T Does Not Hold Lock-up Condition ECS00B2T
SYMPTOM:
The lock-up condition cannot be maintained for more than 30 seconds.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-88, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
Do the self-diagnostic results indicate torque converter clutch solenoid valve, engine speed signal, turbine rev-
olution sensor, CAN communication?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-117, "DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER
CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE" , AT-115, "DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL" , AT-133, "DTC
P1716 TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR" , AT-98, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE"
.
NO >> GO TO 2.
AT-212
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
2. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Refill ATF.
3. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-250, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-53, "Fluid Condition
Check" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 7.
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
G Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-64,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.25).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
5. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. Refer to AT-58, "Cruise Test - Part 1" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 6.
6. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION
1. Perform TCM input/output signals inspection. Refer to AT-85, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Val-
ues" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
SAT638A
SCIA5199E
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
AT-213
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
G Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-64,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.25).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Lock-up Is Not Released ECS00B2U
SYMPTOM:
The lock-up condition cannot be cancelled even after releasing the accelerator pedal.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-88, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
Do the self-diagnostic results indicate torque converter clutch solenoid valve, engine speed signal, turbine rev-
olution sensor, CAN communication?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-117, "DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER
CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE" , AT-115, "DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL" , AT-133, "DTC
P1716 TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR" , AT-98, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE"
.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. Refer to AT-58, "Cruise Test - Part 1" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 3.
3. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION
1. Perform TCM input/output signals inspection. Refer to AT-85, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Val-
ues" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
AT-214
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
Engine Speed Does Not Return To Idle ECS00B2V
SYMPTOM:
When a shift-down is performed, the engine speed does not smoothly return to the idling speed.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Refill ATF.
2. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-88, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
Do the self-diagnostic results indicate front brake solenoid valve, direct clutch solenoid valve, ATF pressure
switch 1, ATF pressure switch 5, accelerator pedal position sensor, vehicle speed sensor A/T (revolution sen-
sor) and vehicle speed sensor MTR?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-146, "DTC P1757 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID
VALVE" , AT-150, "DTC P1762 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE" , AT-166, "DTC P1841
ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 1" , AT-170, "DTC P1845 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 5" , AT-125,
"DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR" , AT-110, "DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SEN-
SOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)" , AT-135, "DTC P1721 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR" .
NO >> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-250, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-53, "Fluid Condition
Check" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 7.
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
G Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-64,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.72).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
SAT638A
SCIA5199E
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
AT-215
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
5. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. Refer to AT-58, "Cruise Test - Part 1" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 6.
6. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION
1. Perform TCM input/output signals inspection. Refer to AT-85, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Val-
ues" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
G Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-64,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.72).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Cannot Be Changed to Manual Mode (Column Shift) ECS00B2W
SYMPTOM:
Does not change to manual mode when manual shift gate is used.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. MANUAL MODE SWITCH
Check the manual mode switch. Refer to AT-162, "DTC P1815 MANUAL MODE SWITCH" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
2. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-88, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
Do the self-diagnosis results indicate turbine revolution sensor?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-133, "DTC P1716 TURBINE REVOLUTION SEN-
SOR" .
NO >> INSPECTION END
A/T Does Not Shift: 5th gear 4th gear (Floor Shift Models) ECS00B2X
SYMPTOM:
When shifted from D5 to 44 position, does not downshift from 5th to 4th gears.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-88, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
Do the self-diagnosis results indicate PNP switch, ATF pressure switch 1?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-106, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION
SWITCH" , AT-166, "DTC P1841 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 1" .
NO >> GO TO 2.
AT-216
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
2. CHECK 4TH POSITION SWITCH CIRCUIT
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select "ECU INPUT SIGNALS" in "DATA MONITOR" mode for
"A/T" with CONSULT-II.
3. Read out "OD CONT SW" switch moving selector lever to each
position.
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine)
2. Check voltage between A/T device harness connector terminal
and ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
3. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
Check the A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Refill ATF.
Monitor item Condition Display value
OD CONT SW
When setting the selector
lever to "4" and "3" posi-
tions.
ON
When setting selector
lever to other positions.
OFF
LCIA0339E
Item Connector No.
Terminal No.
(Wire color)
Condition
Data
(Approx.)
4th position
switch
M203
1 (SB) -
Ground
When setting
the selector
lever to "4"
and "3" posi-
tions.
0V
When setting
selector lever
to other posi-
tions.
Battery volt-
age
LCIA0340E
SAT638A
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
AT-217
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
4. CHECK CONTROL CABLE
Check the control cable.
G Refer to AT-238, "Checking of A/T Position" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Adjust control cable. Refer to AT-238, "Adjustment of A/
T Position" .
5. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-250, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-53, "Fluid Condition
Check" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 9.
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
G Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-64,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.14).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
7. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. Refer to AT-61, "Cruise Test - Part 3" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 8.
8. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION
1. Perform TCM input/output signals inspection. Refer to AT-85, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Val-
ues" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
LCIA0345E
SCIA5199E
AT-218
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
9. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
G Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-64,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.14).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
A/T Does Not Shift: 5th gear 4th gear (Column Shift Models) ECS00CCO
SYMPTOM:
When shifted from 5M to 4M position in manual mode, does not downshift from 5th to 4th gear.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-88, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
Do the self-diagnostic results indicate PNP switch, ATF pressure switch 1?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-106, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION
SWITCH" , AT-166, "DTC P1841 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 1" .
NO >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Refill ATF.
3. CHECK CONTROL LINKAGE
Check the control linkage.
G Refer to AT-238, "Checking of A/T Position" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Adjust control linkage. Refer to AT-238, "Adjustment of
A/T Position" .
4. MANUAL MODE SWITCH
Check the manual mode switch. Refer to AT-162, "DTC P1815 MANUAL MODE SWITCH" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
SAT638A
LCIA0345E
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
AT-219
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
5. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-250, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-53, "Fluid Condition
Check" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 9.
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
G Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-64,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.14).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
7. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. Refer to AT-61, "Cruise Test - Part 3" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 8.
8. CHECK TCM
1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to AT-85, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
9. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
G Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-64,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.14).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
SCIA5199E
AT-220
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
A/T Does Not Shift: 4th gear 3rd gear (Floor Shift Models) ECS00B2Y
SYMPTOM:
When shifted from 44 to 33 position, does not downshift from 4th to 3rd gears.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-88, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
Do the self-diagnosis results indicate PNP switch, ATF pressure switch 1, ATF pressure switch 3?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-106, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION
SWITCH" , AT-166, "DTC P1841 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 1" , AT-168, "DTC P1843 ATF
PRESSURE SWITCH 3" .
NO >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
Check the A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Refill ATF.
3. CHECK CONTROL CABLE
Check the control cable.
G Refer to AT-238, "Checking of A/T Position" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Adjust control cable. Refer to AT-238, "Adjustment of A/
T Position" .
4. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-250, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-53, "Fluid Condition
Check" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 8.
SAT638A
LCIA0345E
SCIA5199E
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
AT-221
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
G Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-64,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.15).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
6. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. Refer to AT-61, "Cruise Test - Part 3" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 7.
7. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION
1. Perform TCM input/output signals inspection. Refer to AT-85, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Val-
ues" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
G Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-64,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.15).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
AT-222
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
A/T Does Not Shift: 4th gear 3rd gear (Column Shift Models) ECS00CCP
SYMPTOM:
When shifted from 4M to 3M position in manual mode, does not downshift from 4th to 3rd gear.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-88, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
Do the self-diagnostic results indicate PNP switch, ATF pressure switch 1, ATF pressure switch 3?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-106, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION
SWITCH" , AT-166, "DTC P1841 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 1" , AT-168, "DTC P1843 ATF
PRESSURE SWITCH 3" .
NO >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Refill ATF.
3. CHECK CONTROL LINKAGE
Check the control linkage.
G Refer to AT-238, "Checking of A/T Position" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Adjust control linkage. Refer to AT-238, "Adjustment of
A/T Position" .
4. MANUAL MODE SWITCH
Check the manual mode switch. Refer to AT-162, "DTC P1815 MANUAL MODE SWITCH" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
SAT638A
LCIA0345E
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
AT-223
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
5. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-250, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-53, "Fluid Condition
Check" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 9.
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
G Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-64,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.15).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
7. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. Refer to AT-61, "Cruise Test - Part 3" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 8.
8. CHECK TCM
1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to AT-85, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
9. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
G Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-64,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.15).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
SCIA5199E
AT-224
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
A/T Does Not Shift: 3rd gear 2nd gear (Floor Shift Models) ECS00B2Z
SYMPTOM:
When shifted from 33 to 22 position, does not downshift from 3rd to 2nd gears.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-88, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
Do the self-diagnosis results indicate PNP switch, ATF pressure switch 6?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-106, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION
SWITCH" , AT-172, "DTC P1846 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 6" .
NO >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
Check the A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Refill ATF.
3. CHECK CONTROL CABLE
Check the control cable.
G Refer to AT-238, "Checking of A/T Position" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Adjust control cable. Refer to AT-238, "Adjustment of A/
T Position" .
4. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-250, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-53, "Fluid Condition
Check" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 8.
SAT638A
LCIA0345E
SCIA5199E
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
AT-225
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
G Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-64,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.16).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
6. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. Refer to AT-61, "Cruise Test - Part 3" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 7.
7. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION
1. Perform TCM input/output signals inspection. Refer to AT-85, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Val-
ues" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
G Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-64,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.16).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
AT-226
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
A/T Does Not Shift: 3rd gear 2nd gear (Column Shift Models) ECS00CCQ
SYMPTOM:
When shifted from 3M to 2M position in manual mode, does not downshift from 3rd to 2nd gear.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-88, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
Do the self-diagnostic results indicate PNP switch, ATF pressure switch 6?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-106, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION
SWITCH" , AT-172, "DTC P1846 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 6" .
NO >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Refill ATF.
3. CHECK CONTROL LINKAGE
Check the control linkage.
G Refer to AT-238, "Checking of A/T Position" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Adjust control linkage. Refer to AT-238, "Adjustment of
A/T Position" .
4. MANUAL MODE SWITCH
Check the manual mode switch. Refer to AT-162, "DTC P1815 MANUAL MODE SWITCH" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
SAT638A
LCIA0345E
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
AT-227
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
5. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-250, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-53, "Fluid Condition
Check" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 9.
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
G Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-64,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.16).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
7. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. Refer to AT-61, "Cruise Test - Part 3" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 8.
8. CHECK TCM
1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to AT-85, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
9. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
G Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-64,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.16).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
SCIA5199E
AT-228
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
A/T Does Not Shift: 2nd gear 1st gear (Floor Shift Models) ECS00B30
SYMPTOM:
When shifted from 22 to 11 position, does not downshift from 2nd to 1st gears.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-88, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
Do the self-diagnosis results indicate PNP switch, ATF pressure switch 5?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-106, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION
SWITCH" , AT-170, "DTC P1845 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 5" .
NO >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK 1ST POSITION SWITCH CIRCUIT
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select "ECU INPUT SIGNALS" in "DATA MONITOR" mode for
"A/T" with CONSULT-II.
3. Read out "OVERDRIVE SW" switch moving selector lever to
each position.
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine)
2. Check voltage between A/T device harness connector terminal
and ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Monitor item Condition Display value
1 POSITION SW
When setting the selector
lever to "1" position.
ON
When setting selector
lever to other positions.
OFF
LCIA0339E
Item Connector No.
Terminal No.
(Wire color)
Condition
Data
(Approx.)
1st position
switch
M203
7 (Y/G) -
Ground
When setting
the selector
lever to "1"
position.
0V
When setting
selector lever
to other posi-
tions.
Battery volt-
age
LCIA0341E
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
AT-229
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
3. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
Check the A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Refill ATF.
4. CHECK CONTROL CABLE
Check the control cable.
G Refer to AT-238, "Checking of A/T Position" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Adjust control cable. Refer to AT-238, "Adjustment of A/
T Position" .
5. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-250, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-53, "Fluid Condition
Check" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 9.
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
G Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-64,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.17).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
7. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. Refer to AT-61, "Cruise Test - Part 3" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 8.
SAT638A
LCIA0345E
SCIA5199E
AT-230
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
8. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION
1. Perform TCM input/output signals inspection. Refer to AT-85, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Val-
ues" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
9. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
G Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-64,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.17).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
AT-231
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
A/T Does Not Shift: 2nd gear 1st gear (Column Shift Models) ECS00CCR
SYMPTOM:
When shifted from 2M to 1M position in manual mode, does not downshift from 2nd to 1st gear.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-88, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
Do the self-diagnostic results indicate PNP switch, ATF pressure switch 5?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-106, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION
SWITCH" , AT-170, "DTC P1845 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 5" .
NO >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Refill ATF.
3. CHECK CONTROL LINKAGE
Check the control linkage.
G Refer to AT-238, "Checking of A/T Position" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Adjust control linkage. Refer to AT-238, "Adjustment of
A/T Position" .
4. MANUAL MODE SWITCH
Check the manual mode switch. Refer to AT-162, "DTC P1815 MANUAL MODE SWITCH" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
SAT638A
LCIA0345E
AT-232
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
5. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-250, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-53, "Fluid Condition
Check" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 9.
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
G Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-64,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.17).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
7. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. Refer to AT-61, "Cruise Test - Part 3" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 8.
8. CHECK TCM
1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to AT-85, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
9. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
G Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-64,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.17).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
SCIA5199E
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
AT-233
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
Vehicle Does Not Decelerate By Engine Brake ECS00B31
SYMPTOM:
No engine brake is applied when the gear is shifted from the 22 to 11 .
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis.
Do the self-diagnosis results indicate PNP switch, ATF pressure switch 5?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-106, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION
SWITCH" , AT-170, "DTC P1845 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 5" .
NO >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK 1ST POSITION SWITCH CIRCUIT
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select "ECU INPUT SIGNALS" in "DATA MONITOR" mode for
"A/T" with CONSULT-II.
3. Read out "OVERDRIVE SW" switch moving selector lever to
each position.
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine)
2. Check voltage between A/T device harness connector terminal
and ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Monitor item Condition Display value
1 POSITION SW
When setting the selector
lever to "1" position.
ON
When setting selector
lever to other positions.
OFF
LCIA0339E
Item Connector No.
Terminal No.
(Wire color)
Condition
Data
(Approx.)
1st position
switch
M203
7 (Y/G) -
Ground
When setting
the selector
lever to "1"
position.
0V
When setting
selector lever
to other posi-
tions.
Battery volt-
age
LCIA0341E
AT-234
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
3. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
Check the A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Refill ATF.
4. CHECK CONTROL CABLE
Check the control cable.
G Refer to AT-238, "Checking of A/T Position" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Adjust control cable. Refer to AT-238, "Adjustment of A/
T Position" .
5. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-250, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-53, "Fluid Condition
Check" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 9.
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
G Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-64,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.58).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
7. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. Refer to AT-61, "Cruise Test - Part 3" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 8.
SAT638A
LCIA0345E
SCIA5199E
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
AT-235
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
8. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION
1. Perform TCM input/output signals inspection. Refer to AT-85, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Val-
ues" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
9. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
G Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-64,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.58).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
AT-236
SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM PFP:34901
Control Device Removal and Installation ECS00B32
Floor shift models
LCIA0348E
1. Selector lever knob 2. A/T console finisher 3. Control device assembly
4. Position lamp 5. A/T selector control cable 6. Lock plate
SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM
AT-237
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
Column shift models
REMOVAL
Floor shift
1. Remove A/T finisher. Refer to IP-13, "A/T FINISHER" .
2. Disconnect A/T device harness connector.
3. Disconnect selector control cable.
4. Remove control device assembly.
Column shift
1. Remove the column shift control. Refer to PS-9, "STEERING COLUMN" .
2. Remove the A/T cable clip lock plate and remove the cable from
column shifter pin.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in reverse order of removal.
G After installation is completed, be sure to check A/T position, refer to AT-238, "Checking of A/T Position"
and adjust if necessary, refer to AT-238, "Adjustment of A/T Position" .
LCIA0346E
1. Column shift control 2. Shift cable 3. A/T cable lock plate clip
LCIA0343E
AT-238
SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
Adjustment of A/T Position ECS00B33
1. Loosen nut of control cable.
2. Place PNP switch and selector lever in P position.
3. After pushing the control cable in the direction shown with a
force of 9.8 Nm (1kg-m, 2.2 lb-ft), release it. This is in the natu-
ral state, tighten control cable nut to specifications.
Checking of A/T Position ECS00B34
NOTE:
Following procedure will cover both column and floor shift selector levers.
1. Place selector lever in P position, and turn ignition switch ON
(engine stop).
2. Make sure selector lever can be shifted to other than P posi-
tion when brake pedal is depressed. Also make sure selector
lever can be shifted from P position only when brake pedal is
depressed.
3. Move the selector lever and check for excessive effort, sticking,
noise or rattle.
4. Confirm the selector lever stops at each position with the feel of
engagement when it is moved through all the positions. Check
whether or not the actual position the selector lever is in
matches the position shown by the shift position indicator and
the transmission body.
5. The method of operating the lever to individual positions cor-
rectly should be as shown in the figure.
6. Confirm the back-up lamps illuminate only when lever is placed
in the R position. Confirm the back-up lamps does not illumi-
nate when selector lever is pushed against R position in the
P or N position.
7. Confirm the engine can only be started with the selector lever in
the P and N positions.
8. Make sure transmission is locked completely in P position.
Control cable nut : 14.5 Nm (1.5 kg-m, 11 ft-lb)
LCIA0345E
LCIA0325E
LCIA0347E
A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
AT-239
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM PFP:34950
Description ECS00B35
FLOOR SHIFT
G The electrical key interlock mechanism also operates as a shift lock:
With the ignition switch turned to ON, the selector lever cannot be shifted from P (parking) to any other
position unless the brake pedal is depressed.
With the key removed, the selector lever cannot be shifted from P to any other position.
The key cannot be removed unless the selector lever is placed in P.
G The shift lock and key interlock mechanisms are controlled by the ON-OFF operation of the shift lock sole-
noid and by the operation of the rotator and slider located inside the key cylinder, respectively.
COLUMN SHIFT
G The mechanical key interlock mechanism also operates as a shift lock:
With the ignition switch turned to ON, the selector lever cannot be shifted from P (parking) to any other
position unless the brake pedal is depressed.
With the key removed, the selector lever cannot be shifted from P to any other position.
The key cannot be removed unless the selector lever is placed in P.
G The shift lock and key interlock mechanisms are controlled by the ON-OFF operation of the shift lock sole-
noid and by the operation of the rotator and slider located inside the key cylinder.
AT-240
A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
Shift Lock System Electrical Parts Location ECS00B36
FLOOR SHIFT
COLUMN SHIFT
LCIA0326E
LCIA0344E
A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
AT-241
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
Wiring Diagram A/T SHIFT ECS00B37
FLOOR SHIFT
BCWA0337E
AT-242
A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
COLUMN SHIFT
BCWA0338E
A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
AT-243
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
Shift Lock Control Unit Reference Values ECS00B38
SHIFT LOCK HARNESS CONNECTOR TERMINALS LAYOUT
SHIFT LOCK CONTROL UNIT INSPECTION TABLE
Data are reference values.
NOTE:
Confirm that the pointer swings only momentarily because the output time is so short. If the inspection is done with an oscilloscope, it
should be observed that the power source voltage lasts for 3.5 to 10 ms.
LCIA0327E
TER-
MINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM CONDITION
VOLTAGE
(V)
1 Y/R Power source
Ignition switch: ON Battery voltage
Ignition switch: OFF Battery voltage
2 L/R
Detention switch
(for key)
When selector lever is not in P position with key inserted. Battery voltage
Except the above Approx. 0V
3 GR
Detention switch
(for shift)
When selector lever is not in P position Battery voltage
Except the above Approx. 0V
4 R/G Stop lamp switch
When brake pedal is depressed Battery voltage
When brake pedal is released Approx. 0V
5 W/R
Vehicle speed sig-
nal


6 G/R Ignition signal
Ignition switch: OFF Approx. 0V
Ignition switch: ON Battery voltage
7 R/W Shift lock solenoid
When brake pedal is depressed with ignition switch ON. Approx. 0V
When brake pedal is depressed. Battery voltage
8 B Ground Always Approx. 0V
9 G/W Key lock solenoid
When the selector lever is set to a position other than the P
position, and the key switch is turned from ON to OFF
Battery voltage for
approx. 0.1 sec.
(Note)
Except the above Approx. 0V
10
W/G Key unlock solenoid
When ignition switch is not in ON position with key inserted.
Battery voltage for
approx. 0.1 sec.
(Note)
Except the above Approx. 0V
AT-244
A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE ECS00B39
COLUMN SHIFT
SYMPTOM 1:
G Selector lever cannot be moved from P position with key in ON position and brake pedal
applied.
G Selector lever can be moved from P position with key in ON position and brake pedal released.
G Selector lever can be moved from P position when key is removed from key cylinder.
SYMPTOM 2:
G Ignition key cannot be removed when selector lever is set to P position.
G Ignition key can be removed when selector lever is set to any position except P.
1. CHECK SELECTOR LEVER POSITION
Check the selector lever position for damage.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Check selector lever. Refer to AT-238, "Adjustment of A/T Position" .
2. CHECK SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID AND PARK POSITION SWITCH
1. Connect A/T device harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Selector lever is set in P position.
4. Check operation sound.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK POWER SOURCE
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Selector lever is set in P position.
3. Check the voltage between A/T device connector M68 terminal
3 (G/R) and ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 4.
Condition Brake pedal Operation sound
When ignition switch is turned to
ON position and selector lever
is set in P position.
Depressed Yes
Released No
Condition Brake pedal Data (Approx.)
When ignition switch is turned to
ON position.
Depressed Battery voltage
Released 0V
SCIA5657E
A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
AT-245
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
4. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch connector.
3. Check continuity between stop lamp switch terminals 3 and 4.
Check stop lamp switch after adjusting brake pedal refer to
BR-6, "BRAKE PEDAL" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts.
G Harness for short or open between fuse block (J/B) and stop lamp switch terminal 4 (G/R)
G Harness for short or open between stop lamp switch terminal 3 (G/R) and A/T device terminal 3 (G/R).
G 10A fuse [No.12, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
G Ignition switch. Refer to PG-4, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
6. CHECK A/T DEVICE CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/T device connector.
3. Check continuity between A/T device terminal 1 and terminal 3.
4. Connect A/T device connector.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace shift lock solenoid or park position switch.
7. CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/T device connector.
3. Check continuity between A/T device connector M68 terminal 1
(B) and ground.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace shift lock solenoid or park position switch.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or con-
nectors.
Condition Continuity
When brake pedal is depressed Yes
When brake pedal is released No
WCIA0247E
Condition Continuity
Selector lever in P position No
Selector lever in other position Yes
WCIA0248E
: Continuity should exist.
SCIA5656E
AT-246
A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
Component Inspection ECS00B3A
FLOOR SHIFT
Shift Lock Solenoid
G Check operation by applying battery voltage to the A/T device.
CAUTION:
Be sure to apply the voltage of the correct polarity to the
respective terminals. Otherwise, the part may be damaged.
DETENTION SWITCH
For Key
G Check continuity between terminals of the A/T device.
For Shift
G Check continuity between terminals of the A/T device.
KEY LOCK SOLENOID
Key Lock
G Check operation by applying battery voltage to key switch and
key lock solenoid.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to cause burnout of the harness.
Terminal No.
9 (Battery voltage) - 10 (Ground)
LCIA0328E
Condition Terminal No. Continuity
When selector lever is P position.
5 - 6
No
When selector lever is not P posi-
tion.
Yes
LIIA1599E
Condition Terminal No. Continuity
When selector lever is P position.
3 - 4
No
When selector lever is not P posi-
tion.
Yes
WCIA0401E
Terminal No. (Wire color)
1 (O) (Battery voltage) - 2 (B) (Ground)
WCIA0240E
A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
AT-247
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
Key Unlock
G Check operation by applying battery voltage to key switch and
key lock solenoid.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to cause burnout of the harness.
KEY SWITCH
G Check continuity between terminals of the key switch and key
lock solenoid.
STOP LAMP SWITCH
G Check continuity between terminals of the stop lamp switch.
Check stop lamp switch after adjusting brake pedal.
Terminal No. (Wire color)
2 (B) (Battery voltage) - 1 (O) (Ground)
WCIA0241E
Condition
Terminal No.
(Wire color)
Continuity
Key inserted
3 (R/L) - 4 (R/L)
Yes
Key withdrawn No
SCIA5662E
Condition
Terminal No.
(Wire color)
Continuity
When brake pedal is depressed
1 (R/Y) - 2 (R/G)
Yes
When brake pedal is released No
WCIA0255E
AT-248
KEY INTERLOCK CABLE
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
KEY INTERLOCK CABLE PFP:34908
Components ECS00B3B
CAUTION:
G Install key interlock cable in such a way that it will not be damaged by sharp bends, twists or inter-
ference with adjacent parts.
G After installing key interlock cable to control device, make sure that casing cap and bracket are
firmly secured in their positions. If casing cap can be removed with an external load of less than
39.2 N (4.0 kg, 8.8 lb), replace key interlock cable with new one.
Removal ECS00B3C
1. Unlock slider from adjuster holder and remove rod from cable.
LCIA0349E
LCIA0350E
KEY INTERLOCK CABLE
AT-249
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
2. Remove casing cap from bracket.
3. Disconnect the holder from the key cylinder and remove the key
interlock cable.
Installation ECS00B3D
1. Set key interlock cable to key cylinder and install holder.
2. Set selector lever to P position.
3. Turn key to lock position.
4. Insert key interlock rod into adjuster holder.
5. Install casing cap to bracket.
6. Move slider in order to lock adjuster holder to interlock rod.
CAUTION:
G Install key interlock cable in such a way that it will not be
damaged by sharp bends, twists or interference with
adjacent parts.
G After installing key interlock cable to control device,
make sure that casing cap and bracket are firmly secured
in their positions. If casing cap can be removed with an
external load of less than 39.2 N (4.0 kg, 8.8 lb), replace
key interlock cable with new one.
LCIA0356E
LCIA0351E
LCIA0351E
LCIA0356E
AT-250
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE PFP:00000
Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2 ECS00B3E
COMPONENTS
CONTROL VALVE WITH TCM REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
Removal
1. Disconnect battery negative cable from battery negative terminal.
2. Drain ATF through drain plug.
3. Disconnect A/T assembly harness connector.
1. Transmission 2. Snap ring 3. Sub-harness
4. Control valve with TCM 5. Bracket 6. A/T fluid temperature sensor 2
7. Oil pan gasket 8. Oil pan 9. Magnet
10. Drain plug 11. Drain plug gasket 12. Oil pan bolt
13. Terminal cord assembly 14. O-ring
SCIA5478E
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
AT-251
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
4. Remove snap ring from A/T assembly harness connector.
5. Push A/T assembly harness connector.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage connector.
6. Remove oil pan and oil pan gasket.
7. Check foreign materials in oil pan to help determine causes of
malfunction. If the A/T fluid is very dark, smells burned, or con-
tains foreign particles, frictional material (clutches, band) may
need replacement. A tacky film that will not wipe clean indicates
varnish build up. Varnish can cause valves, servo, and clutches
to stick and can inhibit pump pressure.
G If frictional material is detected, perform A/T fluid cooler
cleaning. Refer to AT-13, "A/T Fluid Cooler Cleaning" .
8. Remove magnets from oil pan.
SCIA5021E
SCIA5022E
SCIA2308E
SCIA5199E
SCIA5200E
AT-252
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
9. Disconnect A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 connector.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage connector.
10. Straighten terminal clips to free terminal cord assembly and A/T
fluid temperature sensor 2 harness.
11. Disconnect revolution sensor connector.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage connector.
12. Straighten terminal clips to free revolution sensor harness.
13. Remove bolts A, B and C from control valve with TCM.
SCIA5023E
SCIA5446E
SCIA5024E
SCIA3969E
Bolt symbol Length mm (in) Number of bolts
A 42 (1.65) 5
B 55 (2.17) 6
C 40 (1.57) 1
SCIA5139E
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
AT-253
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
14. Remove control valve with TCM from transmission case.
CAUTION:
When removing, be careful with the manual valve notch and
manual plate height. Remove it vertically.
15. Remove A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 with bracket from con-
trol valve with TCM.
16. Remove bracket from A/T fluid temperature sensor 2.
17. Remove O-ring from A/T assembly harness connector.
18. Disconnect TCM connectors.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage connectors.
SCIA5142E
SCIA5301E
SCIA5307E
SCIA5155E
SCIA5447E
AT-254
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
19. Remove A/T assembly harness connector from control valve
with TCM using a flat-bladed screwdriver.
20. Disconnect TCM connector and park/neutral position switch
connector.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage connector.
Installation
CAUTION:
After completing installation, check A/T fluid leakage and fluid level. Refer to MA-24, "Changing A/T
Fluid" and MA-22, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
1. Connect TCM connector and park/neutral position switch con-
nector.
2. Install A/T assembly harness connector to control valve with
TCM.
SCIA5448E
SCIA5449E
SCIA5449E
SCIA5450E
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
AT-255
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
3. Connect TCM connectors.
4. Install new O-ring in A/T assembly harness connector.
CAUTION:
G Do not reuse O-ring.
G Apply ATF to O-ring.
5. Install A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 to bracket.
6. Install A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 (with bracket) in control
valve with TCM.
CAUTION:
Adjust bolt hole of bracket to bolt hole of control valve with
TCM.
7. Install control valve with TCM in transmission case.
CAUTION:
G Make sure that turbine revolution sensor securely installs
turbine revolution sensor hole.
G Hang down terminal cord assembly and revolution sen-
sor harness toward outside so as not to disturb installa-
tion of control valve with TCM.
G Adjust A/T assembly harness connector of control valve
with TCM to terminal hole of transmission case.
SCIA5447E
SCIA5155E
SCIA5306E
SCIA5301E
SCIA5034E
AT-256
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
G Assemble it so that manual valve cutout is engaged with
manual plate projection.
8. Install bolts A, B and C in control valve with TCM.
9. Tighten bolt 1, 2 and 3 temporarily to prevent dislocation. After
that tighten them in order (1 2 3), and then tighten other
bolts.
10. Connect A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 connector.
11. Securely fasten terminal cord assembly and A/T fluid tempera-
ture sensor 2 harness with terminal clips.
SCIA5142E
Bolt symbol Length mm (in) Number of bolts
A 42 (1.65) 5
B 55 (2.17) 6
C 40 (1.57) 1
SCIA5139E
SCIA5140E
SCIA5023E
SCIA5446E
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
AT-257
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
12. Connect revolution sensor connector.
13. Securely fasten revolution sensor harness with terminal clips.
14. Install magnets in oil pan.
15. Install oil pan in transmission case.
a. Install new oil pan gasket in oil pan.
CAUTION:
G Do not reuse oil pan gasket.
G Install it in the direction to align hole positions.
G Complete remove all moisture, oil and old gasket, etc. from oil pan gasket mounting surfaces.
b. Install oil pan (with new oil pan gasket) in transmission case.
CAUTION:
G Install it so that drain plug comes to the position as
shown.
G Be careful not to pinch harnesses.
G Complete remove all moisture, oil and old gasket, etc.
from oil pan mounting surfaces.
SCIA5024E
SCIA3969E
SCIA5200E
SCIA2308E
AT-258
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
c. Tighten oil pan bolts to the specified torque in numerical order
as shown after temporarily tightening them. Refer to AT-250,
"COMPONENTS" .
CAUTION:
Do not reuse oil pan bolts.
16. Tighten drain plug to the specified torque. Refer to AT-250,
"COMPONENTS" .
CAUTION:
Do not reuse drain plug gasket.
17. Pull up A/T assembly harness connector.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage connector.
18. Install snap ring in A/T assembly harness connector.
19. Connect A/T assembly harness connector.
20. Pour ATF into transmission assembly. Refer to MA-24, "Chang-
ing A/T Fluid" .
21. Connect the negative battery terminal
A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
Removal
1. Disconnect battery negative cable from battery negative terminal.
2. Drain ATF through drain plug.
3. Remove oil pan and oil pan gasket.
SCIA2492E
SCIA5038E
SCIA5039E
SCIA2308E
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
AT-259
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
4. Check foreign materials in oil pan to help determine causes of
malfunction. If the A/T fluid is very dark, smells burned, or con-
tains foreign particles, frictional material (clutches, band) may
need replacement. A tacky film that will not wipe clean indicates
varnish build up. Varnish can cause valves, servo, and clutches
to stick and can inhibit pump pressure.
G If frictional material is detected, perform A/T fluid cooler
cleaning. Refer to AT-13, "A/T Fluid Cooler Cleaning" .
5. Disconnect A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 connector.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage connector.
6. Straighten terminal clips to free A/T fluid temperature sensor 2
harness.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage connector.
7. Remove A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 with bracket from con-
trol valve with TCM.
8. Remove bracket from A/T fluid temperature sensor 2.
SCIA5199E
SCIA5023E
SCIA5146E
SCIA5253E
SCIA5307E
AT-260
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
Installation
CAUTION:
After completing installation, check A/T fluid leakage and fluid level. Refer to MA-24, "Changing A/T
Fluid" and MA-22, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
1. Install A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 in bracket.
CAUTION:
Adjust bolt hole of bracket to bolt hole of control valve with
TCM.
2. Install A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 in control valve with TCM.
(With bracket.)
3. Connect A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 connector.
4. Securely fasten A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 harness with ter-
minal clips.
5. Install oil pan in transmission case.
a. Install new oil pan gasket in oil pan.
CAUTION:
G Do not reuse oil pan gasket.
G Install it in the direction to align hole positions.
G Complete remove all moisture, oil and old sealant, etc. from oil pan gasket mounting surfaces.
SCIA5306E
SCIA5253E
SCIA5023E
SCIA5146E
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
AT-261
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
b. Install new oil pan (with oil pan gasket) to transmission case.
CAUTION:
G Install it so that drain plug comes to the position as
shown.
G Be careful not to pinch harnesses.
G Complete remove all moisture, oil and old sealant, etc.
from oil pan mounting surfaces.
c. Tighten oil pan bolts to the specified torque in numerical order
as shown after temporarily tightening them. Refer to AT-250,
"COMPONENTS" .
CAUTION:
Do not reuse oil pan bolts.
6. Tighten drain plug to the specified torque. Refer to AT-250,
"COMPONENTS" .
CAUTION:
Do not reuse drain plug gasket.
7. Pour ATF into transmission assembly. Refer to MA-24, "Chang-
ing A/T Fluid" .
8. Connect the negative battery terminal
SCIA2308E
SCIA2492E
AT-262
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
Rear Oil Seal ECS00B3F
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
Removal
1. Remove rear propeller shaft.Refer to PR-8, "Removal and
Installation" .
2. Remove transfer from transmission (4WD models). Refer to TF-
87, "Removal and Installation" .
3. Remove rear oil seal using a flat-bladed screwdriver or suitable
tool.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to scratch rear extension assembly (2WD
models) or adapter case assembly (4WD models).
Installation
CAUTION:
After completing installation, check A/T fluid leakage and fluid level. Refer to MA-24, "Changing A/T
Fluid" and MA-22, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
1. Install new rear oil seal into the extension case (2WD models) or
adapter case (4WD models) until it is flush with component face,
using Tool or suitable drift.
CAUTION:
G Apply ATF to rear oil seal.
G Do not reuse rear oil seal
2. Install transfer on transmission (4WD models). Refer to TF-87,
"Removal and Installation" .
3. Install rear propeller shaft. Refer to PR-8, "Removal and Installa-
tion" .
SCIA5254E
SCIA5583E
AIR BREATHER HOSE
AT-263
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
AIR BREATHER HOSE PFP:31098
Removal and Installation ECS00B3G
4X2
Refer to the figure below for air breather hose removal and installation procedure.
CAUTION:
G When installing an air breather hose, be careful not to crush or block the hose by folding or bend-
ing.
G When inserting a hose in to the transmission tube, be sure to insert it fully until its end reaches the
tube bend portion.
LCIA0352E
AT-264
AIR BREATHER HOSE
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
4X4
Refer to the figure below for air breather hose removal and installation procedure.
CAUTION:
G When installing an air breather hose, be careful not to be crushed or blocked by folding or bend-
ing the hose.
G When inserting a hose to the transmission tube, be sure to insert it fully until its end reaches the
tube bend portion.
LCIA0353E
TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY
AT-265
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY PFP:31020
Removal and Installation (4x2) ECS00B3H
COMPONENTS
REMOVAL
CAUTION:
When removing the A/T assembly from engine, first remove the crankshaft position sensor (POS) from
the A/T assembly.
Be careful not to damage sensor edge.
1. Disconnect battery negative cable from battery negative terminal.
2. Remove engine cover.
3. Remove A/T fluid indicator gauge.
4. Remove engine under cover with power tool.
5. Remove exhaust front tube and center muffler with power tool. Refer to EX-4, "REMOVAL" .
6. Remove propeller shaft. Refer to PR-8, "Removal and Installation" .
7. Remove A/T control cable. Refer to AT-236, "SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM" .
1. A/T fluid indicator pipe 2. A/T fluid indicator 3. O-ring
4. Transmission assembly 5. A/T fluid cooler tube 6. A/T cross member
7. Insulator 8. Copper washers
LCIA0354E
AT-266
TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
8. Remove crankshaft position sensor (POS) from A/T assembly.
9. Remove fluid cooler tube.
10. Remove dust cover from converter housing part.
11. Secure drive plate using Tool then remove drive plate to torque
converter bolts.
CAUTION:
When turning crankshaft, turn it clockwise as viewed from
the front of the engine.
NOTE:
Tool must be removed and drive plate turned to access all drive
plate to torque converter bolts
12. Support A/T assembly with a transmission jack.
CAUTION:
When setting the transmission jack, be careful not to allow it to collide against the drain plug.
13. Remove cross member with power tool.
14. Remove air breather hose. Refer to AT-263, "Removal and Installation" .
15. Disconnect A/T unit assembly connector.
16. Remove A/T fluid indicator pipe from A/T assembly.
17. Plug up openings such as the fluid charging pipe hole, etc.
18. Remove the A/T assembly to engine bolts with power tool.
19. Remove A/T assembly from vehicle with a transmission jack.
G Secure torque converter to prevent it from dropping.
G Secure A/T assembly to a jack.
INSPECTION
Installation and Inspection of Torque Converter
G After inserting a torque converter to a transmission, be sure to
check dimension A to ensure it is within the reference value
limit.
LCIA0334E
Tool number : (J-47245)
LCIA0335E
SCIA0499E
Dimension A : 24.0 mm (0.94 in) or more
SAT017B
TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY
AT-267
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
INSTALLATION
Installation of the remaining components is in the reverse order of the removal.
G When installing transmission to the engine, attach the bolts as shown.
NOTE:
*: No.2 bolt also secures air breather vent.
G Align the positions of bolts for drive plate with those of the torque
converter, and temporarily tighten the bolts. Then, tighten the
bolts with the specified torque, using Tool to secure drive plate.
CAUTION:
G When turning crankshaft, turn it clockwise as viewed from
the front of the engine.
G After converter is installed to drive plate, rotate crankshaft
several turns and check to be sure that transmission
rotates freely without binding.
G Install crankshaft position sensor (POS).
G After completing installation, check fluid leakage, fluid level, and the positions of A/T. Refer to MA-24,
"Changing A/T Fluid" , AT-238, "Adjustment of A/T Position" , AT-238, "Checking of A/T Position" .
Transmission to
engine bolts
: 113 Nm (12 kg-m, 83 ft-lb)
LCIA0371E
Tool number : (J-47245)
LCIA0335E
AT-268
TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
Removal and Installation (4x4) ECS00B3I
COMPONENTS
REMOVAL
CAUTION:
When removing the A/T assembly from engine, first remove the crankshaft position sensor (POS) from
the A/T assembly.
Be careful not to damage sensor edge.
1. Disconnect battery negative cable from battery negative terminal.
2. Remove engine cover with power tool.
3. Remove A/T fluid indicator.
4. Remove engine under cover with power tool.
5. Remove exhaust front tube and center muffler with power tool. Refer to EX-4, "REMOVAL" .
6. Remove propeller shaft. Refer to PR-4, "Removal and Installation" , PR-8, "Removal and Installation" .
7. Remove A/T control cable. Refer to AT-236, "SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM" .
1. A/T fluid indicator pipe 2. A/T fluid indicator 3. O-ring
4. Transmission assembly 5. Fluid cooler tube 6. Copper washer
7. A/T cross member 8. Insulator
WCIA0428E
TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY
AT-269
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
8. Remove crankshaft position sensor (POS) from A/T assembly.
9. Disconnect A/T fluid cooler tube from A/T assembly.
10. Remove dust cover from converter housing part.
11. Secure drive plate using Tool then remove drive plate to torque
converter bolts.
CAUTION:
When turning crankshaft, turn it clockwise as viewed from
the front of the engine.
NOTE:
Tool must be removed and drive plate turned to access all drive
plate to torque converter bolts
12. Support A/T assembly with a transmission jack.
CAUTION:
When setting the transmission jack, be careful not to allow it to collide against the drain plug.
13. Remove cross member with power tool.
14. Tilt the transmission slightly to keep the clearance between body and transmission, and then disconnect
air breather hose from charging pipe. Refer to AT-263, "Removal and Installation" .
15. Disconnect A/T unit assembly connector and transfer unit connector.
16. Remove A/T fluid indicator pipe.
17. Plug up openings such as the fluid charging pipe hole, etc.
18. Remove A/T assembly to engine bolts with power tool.
19. Remove A/T assembly with transfer from vehicle, using Tool.
CAUTION:
G Secure torque converter to prevent it from dropping.
G Secure A/T assembly to a jack.
NOTE:
The actual special service tool may differ from tool as shown.
20. Remove transfer from A/T assembly. Refer to TF-87, "Removal
and Installation" .
INSPECTION
Installation and Inspection of Torque Converter
G After inserting a torque converter to a transmission, be sure to
check dimension A to ensure it is within the reference value
limit.
LCIA0334E
Tool number : (J-47245)
Tool number : (J-47002)
LCIA0335E
SCIA2203E
Dimension A : 24.0 mm (0.94 in) or more
SAT017B
AT-270
TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the revers order of removal.
G When installing transmission to the engine, attach the bolts as shown.
NOTE:
*: No.2 bolt also secures air breather vent.
G Align the positions of bolts for drive plate with those of the torque
converter, and temporarily tighten the bolts. Then, tighten the
bolts with the specified torque, using Tool to secure drive plate.
CAUTION:
G When turning crankshaft, turn it clockwise as viewed from
the front of the engine.
G After converter is installed to drive plate, rotate crankshaft
several turns and check to be sure that transmission
rotates freely without binding.
G Install crankshaft position sensor (POS).
G After completing installation, check fluid leakage, fluid level, and the positions of A/T. Refer to MA-24,
"Changing A/T Fluid" , AT-238, "Adjustment of A/T Position" , AT-238, "Checking of A/T Position" .
Transmission to
engine bolts
: 113 Nm (12 kg-m, 83 ft-lb)
LCIA0371E
Tool number : (J-47245)
LCIA0335E
OVERHAUL
AT-271
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
OVERHAUL PFP:00000
Components ECS00B3J
SCIA5180E
AT-272
OVERHAUL
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
1. O-ring 2. Oil pump cover 3. O-ring
4. Oil pump housing 5. Self-sealing bolt 6. Torque converter
7. Converter housing 8. Oil pump housing oil seal 9. Bearing race
10. Needle bearing 11. O-ring 12. Front carrier assembly
13. Needle bearing 14. Snap ring 15. Front sun gear
16. 3rd one-way clutch 17. Snap ring 18. Bearing race
19. Needle bearing 20. Seal ring 21. Input clutch assembly
22. Needle bearing 23. Rear internal gear 24. Brake band
25. Mid carrier assembly 26. Needle bearing 27. Bearing race
28. Rear carrier assembly 29. Needle bearing 30. Mid sun gear
31. Seal ring 32. Rear sun gear 33. 1st one-way clutch
34. Snap ring 35. Needle bearing 36. High and low reverse clutch hub
37. Snap ring 38. Bearing race 39. Bearing race
40. Needle bearing
OVERHAUL
AT-273
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
1. Bearing race 2. High and low reverse clutch assem-
bly
3. Needle bearing
4. Direct clutch assembly 5. Needle bearing 6. Reverse brake dish plate
SCIA5181E
AT-274
OVERHAUL
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
7. Reverse brake driven plate 8. N-sprig 9. Snap ring
10. Reverse brake retaining plate 11. Reverse brake drive plate 12. Snap ring
13. Spring retainer 14. Return spring 15. Reverse brake piston
16. D-ring 17. Lip seal
OVERHAUL
AT-275
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
2WD models
SCIA5663E
1. Rear oil seal 2. Bracket 3. Bracket
4. Rear extension 5. Parking actuator support 6. Return spring
AT-276
OVERHAUL
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
7. Parking pawl 8. Pawl shaft 9. Self-sealing bolt
10. Bracket 11. Seal ring 12. Needle bearing
13. Revolution sensor 14. Parking gear 15. Output shaft
16. Bearing race 17. Needle bearing 18. Manual plate
19. Parking rod 20. Manual shaft oil seal 21. Manual shaft
22. O-ring 23. Band servo anchor end pin 24. Detent spring
25. Spacer 26. Seal rings 27. Return spring
28. O-ring 29. Servo assembly 30. Snap ring
31. Snap ring 32. Sub-harness 33. Control valve with TCM
34. Bracket 35. A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 36. Oil pan
37. Magnet 38. Drain plug 39. Drain plug gasket
40. Oil pan mounting bolt 41. Oil pan gasket 42. Terminal cord assembly
43. O-ring 44. Retaining pin 45. Transmission case
OVERHAUL
AT-277
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
4WD models
SCIA5664E
1. Rear oil seal 2. Bracket 3. Adapter case
4. Parking actuator support 5. Return spring 6. Parking pawl
AT-278
OVERHAUL
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
7. Pawl shaft 8. Bracket 9. Self-sealing bolt
10. Seal ring 11. Needle bearing 12. Gasket
13. Revolution sensor 14. Parking gear 15. Output shaft
16. Bearing race 17. Needle bearing 18. Manual plate
19. Parking rod 20. Manual shaft oil seal 21. Manual shaft
22. O-ring 23. Band servo anchor end pin 24. Detent spring
25. Spacer 26. Seal rings 27. Return spring
28. O-ring 29. Servo assembly 30. Snap ring
31. Snap ring 32. Sub-harness 33. Control valve with TCM
34. Bracket 35. A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 36. Oil pan
37. Magnet 38. Drain plug 39. Drain plug gasket
40. Oil pan mounting bolt 41. Oil pan gasket 42. Terminal cord assembly
43. O-ring 44. Retaining pin 45. Transmission case
OVERHAUL
AT-279
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
Oil Channel ECS00B3K
2WD models
SCIA5185E
AT-280
OVERHAUL
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
4WD models
SCIA5189E
OVERHAUL
AT-281
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
Locations of Adjusting Shims, Needle Bearings, Thrust Washers and Snap
Rings ECS00B3L
2WD models
SCIA5196E
AT-282
OVERHAUL
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
4WD models
SCIA5197E
DISASSEMBLY
AT-283
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
DISASSEMBLY PFP:31020
Disassembly ECS00CCW
CAUTION:
Do not disassemble parts behind Drum Support. Refer to AT-16, "Cross-Sectional View (2WD models)"
or AT-17, "Cross-Sectional View (4WD models)" .
1. Drain ATF through drain plug.
2. Remove torque converter by holding it firmly and turing while
pulling straight out.
3. Check torque converter one-way clutch using check tool as
shown.
a. Insert check tool into the groove of bearing support built into
one-way clutch outer race.
b. When fixing bearing support with check tool, rotate one- way
clutch spline using screwdriver.
c. Check that inner race rotates clockwise only. If not, replace
torque converter assembly.
4. Remove converter housing from transmission case.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to scratch converter housing.
SCIA5010E
SCIA3171E
SCIA5171E
AT-284
DISASSEMBLY
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
5. Remove O-ring from input clutch assembly.
6. Remove tightening bolts for oil pump assembly and transmis-
sion case.
7. Attach sliding hammer to oil pump assembly and extract it
evenly from transmission case.
CAUTION:
G Fully tighten sliding hammer screw.
G Make sure that bearing race is installed to the oil pump
assembly edge surface.
8. Remove O-ring from oil pump assembly.
SCIA5011E
SCIA2300E
SCIA5012E
SCIA5172E
DISASSEMBLY
AT-285
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
9. Remove bearing race from oil pump assembly.
10. Remove needle bearing from front sun gear assembly.
11. Remove front sun gear assembly from front carrier assembly.
NOTE:
Remove front sun gear assembly by rotating left/right.
12. Remove seal rings from input clutch assembly.
13. Remove front carrier assembly, input clutch assembly and rear
internal gear as a unit.
CAUTION:
Be careful to remove it with needle bearing.
SCIA5252E
SCIA2808E
SCIA5014E
SCIA5269E
SCIA5173E
AT-286
DISASSEMBLY
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
14. Loosen lock nut and remove band servo anchor end pin from
transmission case.
15. Remove brake band from transmission case.
G To prevent brake linings from cracking or peeling, do not
stretch the flexible band unnecessarily. When removing
the brake band, always secure it with a clip as shown in
the figure at left.
Leave the clip in position after removing the brake band.
G Check brake band facing for damage, cracks, wear or
burns.
16. Remove mid carrier assembly and rear carrier assembly as a
unit.
SCIA5016E
SCIA5345E
SAT655
SCIA5344E
DISASSEMBLY
AT-287
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
17. Remove mid carrier assembly from rear carrier assembly.
18. Remove needle bearing (front side) from mid carrier assembly.
19. Remove needle bearing (rear side) from mid carrier assembly.
20. Remove bearing race from rear carrier assembly.
21. Remove needle bearing from rear carrier assembly.
SCIA5174E
SCIA5176E
SCIA5177E
SCIA5178E
SCIA5179E
AT-288
DISASSEMBLY
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
22. Remove mid sun gear assembly, rear sun gear assembly and
high and low reverse clutch hub as a unit.
CAUTION:
Be careful to remove then with bearing races and needle
bearing.
23. Remove high and low reverse clutch assembly from direct clutch
assembly.
CAUTION:
Make sure that needle bearing is installed to the high and
low reverse clutch assembly edge surface.
24. Remove direct clutch assembly from reverse brake.
25. Remove needle bearing from drum support edge surface.
26. Remove snap ring from A/T assembly harness connector.
SCIA5018E
SCIA2306E
SCIA5019E
SCIA5198E
SCIA5021E
DISASSEMBLY
AT-289
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
27. Push A/T assembly harness connector.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage connector.
28. Remove oil pan and oil pan gasket.
29. Check foreign materials in oil pan to help determine causes of
malfunction. If the A/T fluid is very dark, smells burned, or con-
tains foreign particles, the frictional material (clutches, band)
may need replacement. A tacky film that will not wipe clean indi-
cates varnish build up. Varnish can cause valves, servo, and
clutches to stick and can inhibit pump pressure.
G If frictional material is detected, perform A/T fluid cooler
cleaning. Refer to AT-13, "A/T FLUID COOLER CLEANING
PROCEDURE" .
30. Remove magnets from oil pan.
SCIA5022E
SCIA2308E
SCIA5199E
SCIA5200E
AT-290
DISASSEMBLY
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
31. Disconnect A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 connector.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage connector.
32. Straighten terminal clip to free A/T fluid temperature sensor 2
harness.
33. Disconnect revolution sensor connector.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage connector.
34. Straighten terminal clips to free revolution sensor harness.
35. Remove bolts A, B and C from control valve with TCM.
SCIA5023E
SCIA5146E
SCIA5024E
SCIA5293E
Bolt symbol Length mm (in) Number of bolts
A 42 (1.65) 5
B 55 (2.17) 6
C 40 (1.57) 1
SCIA5025E
DISASSEMBLY
AT-291
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
36. Remove control valve with TCM from transmission case.
CAUTION:
When removing, be careful with transmission assembly ter-
minal connector and the manual valve notch and manual
plate height.Remove it vertically.
37. Remove A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 with bracket from con-
trol valve with TCM.
38. Remove bracket from A/T fluid temperature sensor 2.
39. Remove O-ring from A/T assembly harness connector.
40. Remove rear extension assembly (2WD models) or adapter case assembly (4WD models) according to
the following procedures.
SCIA5308E
SCIA5301E
SCIA5264E
SCIA5155E
AT-292
DISASSEMBLY
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
a. 2WD models
i. Remove tightening bolts for rear extension assembly and trans-
mission case.
ii. Remove bracket.
iii. Tap rear extension assembly with soft hammer.
iv. Remove rear extension assembly from transmission case. (With
needle bearing)
b. 4WD models
i. Remove tightening bolts for adapter case assembly and trans-
mission case.
ii. Remove bracket.
SCIA5349E
SCIA5028E
SCIA5029E
SCIA5203E
DISASSEMBLY
AT-293
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
iii. Tap adapter case assembly with soft hammer.
iv. Remove adapter case assembly from transmission case. (With
needle bearing)
v. Remove gasket from transmission case.
41. Remove bearing race from output shaft.
42. Remove output shaft from transmission case by rotating left/
right.
SCIA5205E
SCIA5231E
SCIA5245E
SCIA5030E
AT-294
DISASSEMBLY
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
43. Remove parking gear from output shaft.
44. Remove seal rings from output shaft.
45. Remove needle bearing from transmission case.
46. Remove revolution sensor from transmission case.
CAUTION:
G Do not subject it to impact by dropping or hitting it.
G Be careful not to damage harness with the edge of case.
G Do not allow metal filings, etc., to get on the sensor's
front edge magnetic area.
G Do not place in an area affected by magnetism.
47. Remove reverse brake snap ring (fixing plate) using 2 flat-
bladed screwdrivers.
NOTE:
Press out snap ring from the transmission case oil pan side gap
using a flat-bladed screwdriver, and remove it using another
screwdriver.
48. Remove reverse brake retaining plate from transmission case.
SCIA5247E
SCIA5209E
SCIA5213E
SCIA2320E
SCIA5032E
DISASSEMBLY
AT-295
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
49. Remove N-spring from transmission case.
50. Remove reverse brake drive plates, driven plates and dish plate
from transmission case.
51. Remove snap ring (fixing spring retainer) from transmission
case while compressing return spring, using Tool.
52. Remove spring retainer and return spring from transmission
case.
SCIA5214E
SCIA2322E
Tool number : KV31102400 (J-34285, J-34285-87)
SCIA5217E
SCIA2324E
AT-296
DISASSEMBLY
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
53. Remove seal rings from drum support.
54. Remove needle bearing from drum support edge surface.
55. Remove reverse brake piston from transmission case with com-
pressed air. Refer to AT-279, "Oil Channel" .
CAUTION:
Care should be taken not to abruptly blow air. It makes pis-
tons incline, as the result, it becomes hard to disassemble
the pistons.
56. Remove D-rings from reverse brake piston.
SCIA3333E
SCIA2796E
SCIA5047E
SCIA5340E
DISASSEMBLY
AT-297
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
57. Use a pin punch (4mm dia. commercial service tool) to knock
out retaining pin.
58. Remove manual shaft retaining pin with pliers.
59. Remove manual plate (with parking rod) from manual shaft.
60. Remove parking rod from manual plate.
61. Remove manual shaft from transmission case.
62. Remove manual shaft oil seals using a flat-bladed screwdriver.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to scratch transmission case.
SCIA2328E
SCIA5218E
SCIA5219E
SCIA5220E
SCIA5355E
AT-298
DISASSEMBLY
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
63. Remove detent spring and spacer from transmission case.
64. Using snap ring pliers, remove snap ring from transmission
case.
65. Remove servo assembly (with return spring) from transmission
case.
66. Remove return spring from servo assembly.
67. Remove O-rings from servo assembly.
68. Remove parking actuator support from rear extension (2WD
models) or adapter case (4WD models).
SCIA5248E
SCIA2333E
SCIA2334E
SCIA3423E
DISASSEMBLY
AT-299
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
69. Remove parking pawl (with return spring) and pawl shaft from
rear extension (2WD models) or adapter case (4WD models).
70. Remove return spring from parking pawl.
71. Remove needle bearing from rear extension (2WD models) or
adapter case (4WD models).
72. Remove rear oil seal from rear extension (2WD models) or
adapter case (4WD models).
CAUTION:
Be careful not to scratch rear extension (2WD models) or
adapter case (4WD models).
SCIA3424E
SCIA2445E
SCIA5221E
SCIA5272E
AT-300
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS PFP:00000
Oil Pump ECS00CCX
COMPONENTS
DISASSEMBLY
1. Remove oil pump housing from oil pump cover.
2. Remove oil pump housing oil seal using a flat-bladed screw-
driver.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to scratch oil pump housing.
1. O-ring 2. Oil pump cover 3. O-ring
4. Oil pump housing 5. Oil pump housing oil seal
SCIA5227E
SCIA5228E
SCIA2840E
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
AT-301
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
3. Remove O-ring from oil pump housing.
4. Remove O-ring from oil pump cover.
ASSEMBLY
1. Install O-ring to oil pump cover.
CAUTION:
G Do not reuse O-ring.
G Apply ATF to O-ring.
2. Install O-ring to oil pump housing.
CAUTION:
G Do not reuse O-ring.
G Apply ATF to O-ring.
SCIA2841E
SCIA5230E
SCIA5230E
SCIA2841E
AT-302
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
3. Install oil pump housing oil seal to the oil pump housing until it is
flush.
CAUTION:
G Do not reuse oil seal.
G Apply ATF to oil seal.
4. Install oil pump housing in oil pump cover. Tighten oil pump
housing fitting bolt to the specified torque. Refer to AT-271,
"Components" .
Front Sun Gear, 3rd One-Way Clutch ECS00CCY
COMPONENTS
Tool number : ST33400001 (J-26082)
SCIA2839E
SCIA5228E
1. Front sun gear 2. 3rd one-way clutch 3. Snap ring
SCIA3114E
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
AT-303
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
DISASSEMBLY
1. Using a flat-bladed screwdriver, remove snap ring from front sun
gear.
2. Remove 3rd one-way clutch from front sun gear.
INSPECTION
3rd One-way Clutch
G Check frictional surface for wear or damage.
CAUTION:
If necessary, replace the 3rd one-way clutch.
Front Sun Gear Snap Ring
G Check for deformation, fatigue or damage.
CAUTION:
If necessary, replace the snap ring.
Front Sun Gear
G Check for deformation, fatigue or damage.
CAUTION:
If necessary, replace the front sun gear.
ASSEMBLY
1. Install 3rd one-way clutch in front sun gear.
CAUTION:
Apply ATF to 3rd one-way clutch.
SCIA3110E
SCIA3111E
SCIA3111E
AT-304
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
2. Using a flat-bladed screwdriver, install snap ring in front sun
gear.
3. Check operation of 3rd one-way clutch.
a. Hold oil pump assembly and turn front sun gear.
b. Check 3rd one-way clutch for correct locking and unlocking
directions.
CAUTION:
If not as shown in illustration, check installation direction of
3rd one-way clutch.
SCIA3110E
SCIA3131E
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
AT-305
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
Front Carrier, Input Clutch, Rear Internal Gear ECS00CCZ
COMPONENTS
1. Seal ring 2. O-ring 3. Needle bearing
4. Bearing race 5. Front carrier assembly 6. Needle bearing
7. Snap ring 8. Snap ring 9. Retaining plate
10. Driven plate 11. Input clutch drum 12. Drive plate
13. Rear internal gear
SCIA5244E
AT-306
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
DISASSEMBLY
1. Compress snap ring using 2 flat-bladed screwdrivers.
2. Remove front carrier assembly and input clutch assembly from
rear internal gear.
3. Remove front carrier assembly from input clutch assembly.
a. Remove bearing race from front carrier assembly.
b. Remove needle bearing from front carrier assembly.
c. Remove snap ring from front carrier assembly.
CAUTION:
Do not expand snap ring excessively.
SCIA5339E
SCIA5232E
SCIA5233E
SCIA5234E
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
AT-307
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
4. Disassemble input clutch assembly.
a. Remove O-ring and seal rings from input clutch assembly.
b. Remove needle bearing from input clutch assembly.
c. Remove snap ring from input clutch drum, using flat-bladed
screwdriver.
d. Remove drive plates, driven plates and retaining plate from input
clutch drum.
INSPECTION
Front Carrier Snap Ring
G Check for deformation, fatigue or damage.
CAUTION:
If necessary, replace the snap ring.
Input Clutch Snap Ring
G Check for deformation, fatigue or damage.
CAUTION:
If necessary, replace the input clutch assembly.
Input Clutch Drum
G Check for deformation, fatigue or damage or burns.
CAUTION:
If necessary, replace the input clutch assembly.
Input Clutch Drive Plates
G Check facing for burns, cracks or damage.
CAUTION:
If necessary, replace the input clutch assembly.
Input Clutch Retaining Plate and Driven Plates
G Check facing for burns, cracks or damage.
SCIA5235E
SCIA2853E
SCIA2864E
AT-308
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
CAUTION:
If necessary, replace the input clutch assembly.
Front Carrier Assembly
G Check for deformation, fatigue or damage.
CAUTION:
If necessary, replace the front carrier assembly.
Rear Internal Gear
G Check for deformation, fatigue or damage.
CAUTION:
If necessary, replace the rear internal gear.
ASSEMBLY
1. Install input clutch.
a. Install drive plates, driven plates and retaining plate in input
clutch drum.
CAUTION:
Take care with order of plates.
b. Install snap ring in input clutch drum, using a flat-bladed screw-
driver.
SCIA5237E
SCIA2864E
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
AT-309
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
c. Install needle bearing in input clutch assembly.
CAUTION:
Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearing.
d. Install new O-ring and seal rings in input clutch assembly.
CAUTION:
G Do not reuse O-ring and seal rings.
G Apply ATF to O-ring.
G Apply petroleum jelly to seal rings.
2. Install front carrier assembly.
a. Install snap ring to front carrier assembly.
CAUTION:
Do not expand snap ring excessively.
b. Install needle bearing in front carrier assembly.
CAUTION:
G Take care with the direction of needle bearing. Refer to
AT-281, "Locations of Adjusting Shims, Needle Bearings,
Thrust Washers and Snap Rings" .
G Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearing.
c. Install bearing race in front carrier assembly.
CAUTION:
Apply petroleum jelly to bearing race.
d. Install front carrier assembly to input clutch assembly.
SCIA2853E
SCIA5235E
SCIA5234E
SCIA5233E
SCIA5232E
AT-310
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
3. Compress snap ring using 2 flat-bladed screwdrivers.
4. Install front carrier assembly and input clutch assembly to rear
internal gear.
Mid Sun Gear, Rear Sun Gear, High and Low Reverse Clutch Hub ECS00CD0
COMPONENTS
DISASSEMBLY
1. Remove needle bearing and bearing races from high and low
reverse clutch hub.
SCIA5339E
1. Needle bearing 2. Bearing race 3. Snap ring
4. High and low reverse clutch hub 5. Needle bearing 6. Snap ring
7. 1st one-way clutch 8. Rear sun gear 9. Seal ring
10. Mid sun gear
SCIA5343E
SCIA5238E
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
AT-311
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
2. Using a snap ring pliers, remove snap ring from mid sun gear
assembly.
CAUTION:
Do not expand snap ring excessively.
3. Remove high and low reverse clutch hub from mid sun gear
assembly.
a. Remove needle bearing from high and low reverse clutch hub.
4. Remove rear sun gear assembly from mid sun gear assembly.
SCIA2855E
SCIA2856E
SCIA2857E
SCIA2858E
AT-312
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
a. Using a flat-bladed screwdriver, remove snap ring from rear sun
gear.
b. Remove 1st one-way clutch from rear sun gear.
5. Remove seal rings from mid sun gear.
INSPECTION
High and Low Reverse Clutch Hub Snap Ring, Rear Sun Gear Snap Ring
G Check for deformation, fatigue or damage.
CAUTION:
If necessary, replace the snap ring.
1st One-way Clutch
G Check frictional surface for wear or damage.
CAUTION:
If necessary, replace the 1st one-way clutch.
Mid Sun Gear
G Check for deformation, fatigue or damage.
CAUTION:
If necessary, replace the mid sun gear.
Rear Sun Gear
G Check for deformation, fatigue or damage.
CAUTION:
If necessary, replace the rear sun gear.
High and Low Reverse Clutch Hub
G Check for deformation, fatigue or damage.
SCIA2859E
SCIA4633E
SCIA2861E
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
AT-313
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
CAUTION:
If necessary, replace the high and low reverse clutch hub.
ASSEMBLY
1. Install seal rings from mid sun gear.
CAUTION:
G Do not reuse seal rings.
G Apply petroleum jelly to seal rings.
2. Install 1st one-way clutch to rear sun gear.
CAUTION:
Apply petroleum jelly to 1st one-way clutch.
3. Using a flat-bladed screwdriver, install snap ring to rear sun
gear.
4. Install rear sun gear assembly to mid sun gear assembly.
SCIA2861E
SCIA4633E
SCIA2859E
SCIA2858E
AT-314
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
5. Install needle bearing to high and low reverse clutch hub.
CAUTION:
G Take care with the direction of needle bearing. Refer to
AT-281, "Locations of Adjusting Shims, Needle Bearings,
Thrust Washers and Snap Rings" .
G Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearing.
6. Install high and low reverse clutch hub to mid sun gear assem-
bly.
7. Using a snap ring pliers, install snap ring to mid sun gear
assembly.
CAUTION:
Do not expand snap ring excessively.
8. Check operation of 1st one-way clutch.
a. Hold mid sun gear and turn rear sun gear.
b. Check 1st one-way clutch for correct locking and unlocking
directions.
CAUTION:
If not as shown in illustration, check installation direction of
1st one-way clutch.
9. Install needle bearing and bearing races to high and low reverse
clutch hub.
CAUTION:
G Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearing and bearing
races.
G Take care with order of bearing races.
SCIA2857E
SCIA2856E
SCIA2855E
SCIA3132E
SCIA5238E
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
AT-315
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
High and Low Reverse Clutch ECS00CD1
COMPONENTS
DISASSEMBLY
1. Remove bearing race from high and low reverse clutch drum.
2. Using a flat-bladed screwdriver, remove snap ring from high and
low reverse clutch drum.
3. Remove drive plates, driven plates and retaining plate from high
and low reverse clutch drum.
INSPECTION
G Check the following, and replace high and low reverse clutch assembly if necessary.
High and Low Reverse Clutch Snap Ring
G Check for deformation, fatigue or damage.
High and Low Reverse Clutch Drive Plates
G Check facing for burns, cracks or damage.
1. High and low reverse clutch drum 2. Driven plate 3. Retaining plate
4. Snap ring 5. Drive plate 6. Bearing race
SCIA5239E
SCIA5240E
SCIA2868E
AT-316
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
High and Low Reverse Clutch Retaining Plate and Driven Plates
G Check facing for burns, cracks or damage.
ASSEMBLY
1. Install drive plates, driven plates and retaining plate in high and
low reverse clutch drum.
CAUTION:
Take care with the order of plates.
2. Using a flat-bladed screwdriver, install snap ring in high and low
reverse clutch drum.
3. Install bearing race to high and low reverse clutch drum.
CAUTION:
Apply petroleum jelly to bearing race.
SCIA5241E
SCIA2868E
SCIA5240E
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
AT-317
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
Direct Clutch ECS00CD2
COMPONENTS
DISASSEMBLY
1. Using a flat-bladed screwdriver, remove snap rings from direct
clutch drum.
2. Remove drive plates, driven plates and retaining plate from
direct clutch drum.
INSPECTION
G Check the following, and replace direct clutch assembly if necessary.
Direct Clutch Snap Rings
G Check for deformation, fatigue or damage.
Direct Clutch Drive Plates
G Check facing for burns, cracks or damage.
Direct Clutch Retaining Plate and Driven Plates
G Check facing for burns, cracks or damage.
1. Direct clutch drum 2. Driven plate 3. Retaining plate
4. Snap ring 5. Drive plate
SCIA5242E
SCIA2868E
AT-318
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
ASSEMBLY
1. Install drive plates, driven plates and retaining plate in direct
clutch drum.
CAUTION:
Take care with the order of plates.
2. Using a flat-bladed screwdriver, install snap rings in direct clutch
drum.
SCIA5243E
SCIA2868E
ASSEMBLY
AT-319
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
ASSEMBLY PFP:00000
Assembly (1) ECS00CD3
1. As shown in the right figure illustration, use a drift [commercial
service tool 22 mm (0.87 in)] to drive manual shaft oil seals into
the transmission case until it is flush.
CAUTION:
G Apply ATF to manual shaft oil seals.
G Do not reuse manual shaft oil seals.
2. Install detent spring and spacer in transmission case. Tighten
bolt to the specified torque. Refer to AT-271, "Components" .
3. Install manual shaft to transmission case.
4. Install parking rod to manual plate.
5. Install manual plate (with parking rod) to manual shaft.
SCIA5256E
SCIA5248E
SCIA5220E
SCIA5219E
AT-320
ASSEMBLY
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
6. Install retaining pin into the manual plate and manual shaft.
a. Fit pinhole of the manual plate to pinhole of the manual shaft
with a pin punch.
b. Use a hammer to tap the retaining pin into the manual plate.
CAUTION:
G Drive retaining pin to 2±0.5 mm over the manual
plate.
G Do not reuse retaining pin.
7. Install retaining pin into the transmission case and manual shaft.
a. Fit pinhole of the transmission case to pinhole of the manual
shaft with a pin punch.
b. Use a hammer to tap the retaining pin into the transmission
case.
CAUTION:
G Drive retaining pin to 5±1 mm over the transmis-
sion case.
G Do not reuse retaining pin.
8. Install O-rings to servo assembly.
CAUTION:
G Do not reuse O-rings.
G Apply petroleum jelly to O-rings.
9. Install return spring to servo assembly.
10. Install servo assembly in transmission case.
11. Using snap ring pliers, install snap ring to transmission case.
12. Install D-rings in reverse brake piston.
CAUTION:
G Do not reuse D-rings.
G Apply ATF to D-rings.
SCIA5297E
SCIA2427E
SCIA2334E
SCIA2333E
SCIA5340E
ASSEMBLY
AT-321
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
13. Install reverse brake piston in transmission case.
14. Install needle bearing to drum support edge surface.
CAUTION:
Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearing.
15. Install seal rings to drum support.
CAUTION:
G Do not reuse seal rings.
G Apply petroleum jelly to seal rings.
16. Install spring retainer and return spring in transmission case.
SCIA2325E
SCIA2796E
SCIA3333E
SCIA2324E
AT-322
ASSEMBLY
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
17. Set SST on spring retainer and install snap ring (fixing spring
retainer) in transmission case while compressing return spring.
CAUTION:
Securely assemble them using a flat-bladed screwdriver so
that snap ring tension is slightly weak.
18. Install reverse brake drive plates, driven plates and dish plate in
transmission case.
CAUTION:
Take care with the order and direction of plates.
SCIA5217E
SCIA5342E
ASSEMBLY
AT-323
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
19. Assemble N-spring.
20. Install reverse brake retaining plate in transmission case.
21. Install snap ring in transmission case.
22. Measure clearance between retaining plate and snap ring. If not
within specified clearance, select proper retaining plate.
23. Install needle bearing to transmission case.
CAUTION:
G Take care with the direction of needle bearing. Refer
toAT-281, "Locations of Adjusting Shims, Needle Bear-
ings, Thrust Washers and Snap Rings" .
G Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearing.
SCIA5249E
SCIA2439E
Specified clearance A:
Standard: 0.7 - 1.1mm (0.028 - 0.043 in)
Retaining plate:
Refer to AT-343, "Reverse brake" .
SCIA5341E
SCIA5213E
AT-324
ASSEMBLY
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
24. Install revolution sensor to transmission case. Tighten revolution
sensor bolt to the specified torque. Refer to AT-271, "Compo-
nents" .
CAUTION:
G Do not subject it to impact by dropping or hitting it.
G Be careful not to damage harness with the edge of case.
G Do not allow metal filings, etc., to get on the sensor's
front edge magnetic area.
G Do not place in an area affected by magnetism.
25. As shown in the right figure illustration, use a drift to drive rear
oil seal into the rear extension (2WD models) or adapter case
(4WD models) until it is flush.
CAUTION:
G Apply ATF to rear oil seal.
G Do not reuse rear oil seal.
26. Install return spring to parking pawl.
27. Install parking pawl (with return spring) and pawl shaft to rear
extension (2WD models) or adapter case (4WD models).
SCIA2320E
SCIA5270E
SCIA2445E
SCIA3424E
ASSEMBLY
AT-325
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
28. Install parking actuator support to rear extension (2WD models)
or adapter case (4WD models).
29. Install needle bearing to rear extension (2WD models) or
adapter case (4WD models).
CAUTION:
Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearing.
30. Install seal rings to output shaft.
CAUTION:
G Do not reuse seal rings.
G Apply petroleum jelly to seal rings.
31. Install parking gear to output shaft.
32. Install output shaft in transmission case.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to mistake front for rear because both sides
looks similar. (Thinner end is front side.)
SCIA3423E
SCIA5221E
SCIA5209E
SCIA5247E
SCIA5030E
AT-326
ASSEMBLY
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
33. Install bearing race in output shaft.
34. Install rear extension assembly (2WD models) or adapter case assembly (4WD models) according to the
following procedures.
a. 2WD models
i. Apply recommended sealant (Genuine Anaerobic Liquid Gasket
or equivalent. Refer to GI-45, "Recommended Chemical Prod-
ucts and Sealants" .) to rear extension assembly as shown in
illustration.
CAUTION:
Complete remove all moisture, oil and old sealant, etc.
From the transmission case and rear extension assembly
mounting surfaces.
ii. Install rear extension assembly to transmission case.
iii. Install bracket.
iv. Tighten rear extension assembly bolts to specified torque.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse self-sealing bolt.
SCIA5245E
SCIA5212E
SCIA5029E
Rear extension assembly bolt:
: 52 Nm (5.3 kg-m, 38 ft-lb)
Self-sealing bolt:
: 61 Nm (6.2 kg-m, 45 ft-lb)
SCIA5349E
ASSEMBLY
AT-327
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
b. 4WD models
i. Install gasket to transmission case.
CAUTION:
G Do not reuse gasket.
G Complete remove all moisture, oil and old gasket, etc.
From the transmission case and adapter case assembly
mounting surfaces.
ii. Install adapter case assembly to transmission case.
iii. Install bracket.
iv. Tighten adapter case assembly bolts to specified torque.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse self-sealing bolt.
35. Install needle bearing in drum support edge surface.
CAUTION:
Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearing.
SCIA5231E
SCIA5205E
Adapter case assembly bolt:
: 52 Nm (5.3 kg-m, 38 ft-lb)
Self-sealing bolt:
: 61 Nm (6.2 kg-m, 45 ft-lb)
SCIA5203E
SCIA5198E
AT-328
ASSEMBLY
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
36. Install direct clutch assembly in reverse brake.
37. Install high and low reverse clutch assembly in direct clutch
assembly.
38. Using a flat-bladed screwdriver, range the drive plate.
39. Install high and low reverse clutch hub, mid sun gear assembly
and rear sun gear assembly as a unit.
SCIA5019E
SCIA2306E
SCIA3169E
SCIA5018E
ASSEMBLY
AT-329
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
CAUTION:
Check that portion A of high and low reverse clutch drum
protrudes approximately 2 mm (0.08 in) beyond portion B of
rear sun gear.
40. Install needle bearing in rear carrier assembly.
CAUTION:
Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearing.
41. Install bearing race in rear carrier assembly.
CAUTION:
Apply petroleum jelly to bearing race.
42. Install rear carrier assembly in direct clutch drum.
SCIA3130E
SCIA5179E
SCIA5178E
SCIA2462E
AT-330
ASSEMBLY
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
43. Install needle bearing (rear side) in mid carrier assembly.
CAUTION:
Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearing.
44. Install needle bearing (front side) in mid carrier assembly.
CAUTION:
Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearing.
45. Install mid carrier assembly in rear carrier assembly.
46. Install front carrier assembly, input clutch assembly and rear
internal gear as a unit.
47. Install seal rings in input clutch assembly.
CAUTION:
G Do not reuse seal rings.
G Apply petroleum jelly to seal rings.
SCIA5177E
SCIA5176E
SCIA5344E
SCIA5173E
SCIA5269E
ASSEMBLY
AT-331
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
48. Install band servo anchor end pin and lock nut in transmission
case.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse band servo anchor end pin.
49. Install brake band in transmission case.
CAUTION:
Assemble it so that identification to avoid incorrect installa-
tion faces servo side.
50. Install front sun gear assembly to front carrier assembly.
CAUTION:
Apply ATF to front sun gear radial bearing and 3rd one-way
clutch end bearing.
51. Install needle bearing in front sun gear assembly.
CAUTION:
Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearing.
52. Adjust brake band tilting using clips so that brake band contacts
front sun gear drum evenly.
SCIA5016E
SCIA2809E
SCIA5014E
SCIA2808E
SCIA5033E
AT-332
ASSEMBLY
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
53. Adjust brake band.
a. Loosen lock nut.
b. Tighten band servo anchor end pin to specified torque.
c. Back of band servo anchor end pin three turns.
d. Holding band servo anchor end pin, tighten lock nut to specified
torque. Refer to AT-271, "Components" .
Adjustment ECS00CD4
TOTAL END PLAY
G Measure clearance between front sun gear and bearing race for
oil pump cover.
G Select proper thickness of bearing race so that end play is within
specifications.
1. Measure dimensions K and L and then calculate dimension
J.
a. Measure dimension K.
: 5.0 Nm (0.51 kg-m, 44 in-lb)
SCIA2809E
SCIA2810E
SCIA5350E
SCIA5351E
ASSEMBLY
AT-333
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
b. Measure dimension L.
c. Calculate dimension J.
2. Measure dimensions M1 and M2 and then calculate
dimension M.
a. Place bearing race and needle bearing on oil pump assembly.
b. Measure dimension M1 .
c. Measure dimension M2 .
J: Distance between oil pump fitting surface of
transmission case and needle bearing mating surface
of front sun gear.
J = K L
SCIA5352E
SCIA3125E
SCIA3124E
SCIA3126E
SCIA3127E
AT-334
ASSEMBLY
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
d. Calculate dimension M.
3. Adjust total end play T1 .
G Select proper thickness of bearing race so that total end play
is within specifications.
Assembly (2) ECS00CD5
1. Install O-ring to oil pump assembly.
CAUTION:
G Do not reuse O-ring.
G Apply ATF to O-ring.
2. Install bearing race to oil pump assembly.
CAUTION:
Apply petroleum jelly to bearing race.
M: Distance between transmission case fitting sur-
face of oil pump and needle bearing on oil pump.
M = M1 M2
SCIA3125E
T1 = J M
Total end play T1 :
0.25 - 0.55 mm (0.0098 - 0.0217 in)
Bearing races:
Refer to AT-343, "BEARING RACE FOR ADJUST-
ING TOTAL END PLAY" .
SCIA2810E
SCIA5172E
SCIA5252E
ASSEMBLY
AT-335
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
3. Install oil pump assembly in transmission case.
CAUTION:
Apply ATF to oil pump radial bearing.
4. Apply recommended sealant (Genuine RTV Silicone Sealant or
equivalent. Refer to GI-45, "Recommended Chemical Products
and Sealants" .) to oil pump assembly as shown.
CAUTION:
Complete remove all moisture, oil and old sealant, etc.
From the oil pump mounting bolts and oil pump mounting
bolt mounting surfaces.
5. Tighten oil pump bolts to specified torque. Refer to AT-271,
"Components" .
CAUTION:
Apply ATF to oil pump bushing.
6. Install O-ring to input clutch assembly.
CAUTION:
G Do not reuse O-ring.
G Apply ATF to O-ring.
7. Install converter housing to transmission case.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse self-sealing bolt.
SCIA2811E
SCIA5321E
SCIA2300E
SCIA5011E
Converter housing bolt:
: 52 Nm (5.3 kg-m, 38 ft-lb)
Self-sealing bolt:
: 61 Nm (6.2 kg-m, 45 ft-lb)
SCIA5171E
AT-336
ASSEMBLY
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
8. Make sure that brake band does not close turbine revolution
sensor hole.
9. Install control valve with TCM.
a. Install A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 to bracket.
b. Install A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 (with bracket) in control
valve with TCM. Tighten A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 mount-
ing bolt to the specified torque. Refer to AT-271, "Components"
.
CAUTION:
Adjust bolt hole of bracket to bolt hole of control valve with
TCM.
c. Install O-ring to A/T assembly harness connector.
CAUTION:
G Do not reuse O-ring.
G Apply ATF to O-ring.
d. Install control valve with TCM in transmission case.
CAUTION:
G Make sure that turbine revolution sensor securely installs
turbine revolution sensor hole.
G Adjust A/T assembly harness connector of control valve
with TCM to terminal hole of transmission case.
G Hang down revolution sensor harness toward outside so
as not to disturb installation of control valve with TCM.
SCIA5034E
SCIA5264E
SCIA5301E
SCIA5155E
SCIA5034E
ASSEMBLY
AT-337
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
G Assemble it so that manual valve cutout is engaged with
manual plate projection.
e. Install bolts A, B and C to control valve with TCM.
f. Tighten bolt 1, 2 and 3 temporarily to prevent dislocation. After
that tighten them in order (1 2 3), and then tighten other
bolts.
g. Tighten control valve with TCM bolts to the specified torque.
Refer to AT-271, "Components" .
10. Connect A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 connector.
11. Securely fasten A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 harness with ter-
minal clip.
SCIA5035E
Bolt symbol Length: mm (in) Number of bolts
A 42 (1.65) 5
B 55 (2.17) 6
C 40 (1.57) 1
SCIA5025E
SCIA5037E
SCIA5023E
SCIA5146E
AT-338
ASSEMBLY
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
12. Connect revolution sensor connector.
13. Securely fasten revolution sensor harness with terminal clips.
14. Pull down A/T assembly harness connector.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage connector.
15. Install snap ring to A/T assembly harness connector.
16. Install magnets in oil pan.
SCIA5024E
SCIA5293E
SCIA5299E
SCIA5300E
SCIA5200E
ASSEMBLY
AT-339
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
17. Install oil pan to transmission case.
a. Install oil pan gasket to oil pan.
CAUTION:
G Do not reuse oil pan gasket.
G Install it in the direction to align hole positions.
G Complete remove all moisture, oil and old gasket, etc. From the oil pan gasket mounting sur-
faces.
b. Install oil pan (with oil pan gasket) to transmission case.
CAUTION:
G Install it so that drain plug comes to the position as
shown in the figure.
G Be careful not to pinch harnesses.
G Complete remove all moisture, oil and old gasket, etc.
From the oil pan mounting surfaces.
c. Tighten oil pan bolts to the specified torque in numerical order
shown after temporarily tightening them. Refer to AT-271, "Com-
ponents" .
CAUTION:
Do not reuse oil pan bolts.
18. Install drain plug to oil pan. Tighten drain plug to the specified
torque. Refer to AT-271, "Components" .
CAUTION:
Do not reuse drain plug gasket.
19. Install torque converter.
a. Pour ATF into torque converter.
G Approximately 2 liter (2-1/8 US qt, 1-3/4 Imp qt) of fluid is
required for a new torque converter.
G When reusing old torque converter, add the same amount
of fluid as was drained.
b. Install torque converter while aligning notches of torque con-
verter with notches of oil pump.
CAUTION:
Install torque converter while rotating it.
SCIA2308E
SCIA4113E
SAT428DA
SCIA5010E
AT-340
ASSEMBLY
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
c. Measure distance A to check that torque converter is in proper
position.
Distance A:
: 24.0 mm (0.94 in) or more
SAT017B
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
AT-341
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) PFP:00030
General Specifications ECS00CD6
*1: Refer to MA-11, "Fluids and Lubricants" .
Vehicle Speed When Shifting Gears ECS00CD7
NORMAL MODE
G At half throttle, the accelerator opening is 4/8 of the full opening.
TOW MODE
G At half throttle, the accelerator opening is 4/8 of the full opening.
Applied model 4x2 4x4
Automatic transmission model RE5R05A
Transmission model code number 95X17 95X18
Stall torque ratio 2.0: 1
Transmission gear ratio
1st 3.827
2nd 2.368
3rd 1.520
4th 1.000
5th 0.834
Reverse 2.613
Recommended fluid NISSAN Matic Fluid J*1
Fluid capacity 10.6 liter (11-1/4 US qt, 9-3/8 Imp qt)
CAUTION:
G Use only Genuine NISSAN ATF Matic Fluid J. Do not mix with other fluid.
G Using automatic transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN an ATF Matic Fluid J will deteriorate in driveability and
automatic transmission durability, and may damage the automatic transmission, which is not covered by the warranty.
Final
gear
ratio
Throttle position
Vehicle speed km/h (MPH)
D1 D2 D2 D3 D3 D4 D4 D5 D5 D4 D4 D3 D3 D2 D2 D1
2.937
Full throttle
70 - 74
(44 - 46)
112 - 120
(70 - 75)
176 - 186
(110 - 116)
249 - 259
(155 - 161)
245 - 255
(152 - 159)
166 - 176
(103 - 110)
100 - 108
(62 - 67)
43 - 47
(27 - 30)
Half throttle
46 - 50
(28 - 31)
74 - 82
(46 - 51)
103 - 113
(64 - 70)
135 - 145
(84 - 90)
109 - 119
(68 - 74)
69 - 79
(43 - 49)
44 - 52
(27 - 32)
11 - 15
(7 - 10)
3.357
Full throttle
61 - 65
(38 - 41)
97 - 105
(61 - 66)
153 - 163
(95 - 102)
236 - 246
(147 - 153)
232 - 242
(144 - 151)
143 - 153
(89 - 95)
87 - 95
(54 - 59)
43 - 47
(27 - 29)
Half throttle
41 - 45
(26 - 28)
66 - 74
(41 - 46)
89 - 99
(56 - 62)
117 - 127
(73 - 79)
95 - 105
(59 - 65)
59 - 69
(37 - 43)
38 - 46
(24 - 29)
11 - 15
(7 - 10)
Final
gear
ratio
Throttle position
Vehicle speed km/h (MPH)
D1 D2 D2 D3 D3 D4 D4 D5 D5 D4 D4 D3 D3 D2 D2 D1
2.937
Full throttle
70 - 74
(44 - 46)
112 - 120
(70 - 75)
176 - 186
(110 - 116)
249 - 259
(155 - 161)
245 - 255
(152 - 159)
166 - 176
(103 - 110)
100 - 108
(62 - 67)
43 - 47
(27 - 30)
Half throttle
50 - 54
(31 - 34)
81 - 89
(50 - 55)
113 - 123
(70 - 76)
135 - 145
(84 - 90)
109 - 119
(68 - 74)
68 - 78
(42 - 48)
44 - 52
(27 - 32)
11 - 15
(7 - 10)
3.357
Full throttle
61 - 65
(38 - 41)
97 - 105
(61 - 66)
153 - 163
(95 - 102)
236 - 246
(147 - 153)
232 - 242
(144 - 151)
143 - 153
(89 - 95)
87 - 95
(54 - 59)
43 - 47
(27 - 29)
Half throttle
43 - 47
(27 - 29)
72 - 80
(45 - 50)
98 - 108
(61 - 67)
117 - 127
(73 - 79)
95 - 105
(59 - 65)
59 - 69
(37 - 43)
37 - 45
(23 - 28)
11 - 15
(7 - 10)
AT-342
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
Vehicle Speed When Performing and Releasing Complete Lock-up ECS00CD8
G At closed throttle, the accelerator opening is less than 1/8 condition.
G At half throttle, the accelerator opening is 4/8 of the full opening.
Vehicle Speed When Performing and Releasing Slip Lock-up ECS00CD9
G At closed throttle, the accelerator opening is less than 1/8 condition.
Stall Speed ECS00CDA
Line Pressure ECS00CDB
A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor ECS00CDC
Turbine Revolution Sensor ECS00CDD
Vehicle Speed Sensor A/T (Revolution Sensor) ECS00CDE
Final
gear
ratio
Throttle position
Vehicle speed km/h (MPH)
Lock-up ON Lock-up OFF
2.937
Closed throttle 74 - 82 (46 - 51) 71 - 79 (45 - 49)
Half throttle 188 - 196 (117 - 122) 136 - 144 (85 - 90)
3.357
Closed throttle 65 - 73 (41 - 46) 62 - 70 (39 - 44)
Half throttle 168 - 176 (105 - 110) 118 - 126 (74 - 79)
Final
gear
ratio
Throttle position Gear position
Vehicle speed km/h (MPH)
Slip lock-up ON Slip lock-up OFF
2.937 Closed throttle
4th 52 - 60 (33 - 38) 49 - 57 (31 - 36)
5th 52 - 60 (33 - 38) 49 - 57 (31 - 36)
3.357 Closed throttle
4th 46 - 54 (29 - 34) 43 - 51 (27 - 32)
5th 46 - 54 (29 - 34) 43 - 51 (27 - 32)
Stall speed 2,500 - 2,800 rpm
Engine speed
Line pressure [kPa (kg/cm
2
, psi)]
R position D position
At idle speed 392 - 441 (4.0 - 4.5, 57 - 64) 373 - 422 (3.8 - 4.3, 54 - 61)
At stall speed 1,700 - 1,890 (17.3 - 19.3, 247 - 274) 1,310 - 1,500 (13.3 - 15.3, 190 - 218)
Name Condition CONSULT-II DATA MONITOR (Approx.) (V) Resistance (Approx.) (k)
A/T fluid temperature sensor 1
0C (32F) 2.2 15
20C (68F) 1.8 6.5
80C (176F) 0.6 0.9
A/T fluid temperature sensor 2
0C (32F) 2.2 10
20C (68F) 1.7 4
80C (176F) 0.45 0.5
Name Condition Data (Approx.)
Turbine revolution
sensor 1
When running at 50 km/h (31 MPH) in 4th speed with the closed throttle position switch
OFF.
1.3 (kHz)
Turbine revolution
sensor 2
When moving at 20 km/h (12 MPH) in 1st speed with the closed throttle position switch
OFF.
Name Condition Data (Approx.)
Revolution sensor When moving at 20 km/h (12 MPH). 185 (Hz)
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
AT-343
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AT
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan
Reverse brake ECS00CDF
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
Total End Play ECS00CDG
BEARING RACE FOR ADJUSTING TOTAL END PLAY
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
Thickness of retaining plates
Thickness mm (in) Part number*
4.2 (0.165)
4.4 (0.173)
4.6 (0.181)
4.8 (0.189)
5.0 (0.197)
5.2 (0.205)
31667 90X14
31667 90X15
31667 90X16
31667 90X17
31667 90X18
31667 90X19
Total end play mm (in) 0.25 - 0.55 (0.0098 - 0.0217)
Thickness mm (in) Part number*
0.8 (0.031)
1.0 (0.039)
1.2 (0.047)
1.4 (0.055)
1.6 (0.063)
1.8 (0.071)
31435 95X00
31435 95X01
31435 95X02
31435 95X03
31435 95X04
31435 95X05
AT-344
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Revision: July 2007 2005 Titan

You might also like